--- title: "So It Was Said · Itivuttaka" author: "The Buddha" translator: "Bhikkhu Sujato" languages: [pi, en] shelf: "Pali Canon" url: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/ cite: "The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato, So It Was Said · Itivuttaka. Scriptura (scriptura.si), https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/" --- # So It Was Said · Itivuttaka *The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato* A hundred and twelve short teachings in prose and verse, remembered as “so it was said by the Buddha”. > Pali: the Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka (Buddha Jayanti edition, 2500), from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). > English: Bhikkhu Sujato, from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). Notes are not included. > Rows follow the segment numbers the two texts share, gathered into paragraphs; verse keeps its lines. ## Contents 1. [Iti 1–35](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/1.md) 2. [Iti 36–69](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/2.md) 3. [Iti 70–88](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/3.md) 4. [Iti 89–108](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/4.md) 5. [Iti 109–112](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/5.md) ## 1. Iti 1–35 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/1/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/1/#p-N [¶0] Iti 1 · Greed > Pali: Iti 1 · Lobhasutta [¶1] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶2] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶3] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶4] “Mendicants, give up one thing and I guarantee you non-return. What one thing? Greed is the one thing. Give it up, and I guarantee you non-return.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya. Katamaṁ ekadhammaṁ? Lobhaṁ, bhikkhave, ekadhammaṁ pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti. [¶5] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶6] “When overcome by greed beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that greed, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena lobhena luddhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ lobhaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶7] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶8] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶9] Iti 2 · Hate > Pali: Iti 2 · Dosasutta [¶10] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶11] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶12] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶13] “Mendicants, give up one thing and I guarantee you non-return. What one thing? Hate is the one thing. Give it up, and I guarantee you non-return.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya. Katamaṁ ekadhammaṁ? Dosaṁ, bhikkhave, ekadhammaṁ pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti. [¶14] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶15] “When overcome by hate beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that hate, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena dosena duṭṭhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ dosaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶16] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶17] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶18] Iti 3 · Delusion > Pali: Iti 3 · Mohasutta [¶19] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶20] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶21] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶22] “Mendicants, give up one thing and I guarantee you non-return. What one thing? Delusion is the one thing. Give it up, and I guarantee you non-return.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya. Katamaṁ ekadhammaṁ? Mohaṁ, bhikkhave, ekadhammaṁ pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti. [¶23] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶24] “When overcome by delusion beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that delusion, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena mohena mūḷhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ mohaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶25] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶26] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶27] Iti 4 · Anger > Pali: Iti 4 · Kodhasutta [¶28] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶29] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶30] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶31] “Mendicants, give up one thing and I guarantee you non-return. What one thing? Anger is the one thing. Give it up, and I guarantee you non-return.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya. Katamaṁ ekadhammaṁ? Kodhaṁ, bhikkhave, ekadhammaṁ pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti. [¶32] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶33] “When overcome by anger beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that anger, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena kodhena kuddhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ kodhaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶34] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶35] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶36] Iti 5 · Disdain > Pali: Iti 5 · Makkhasutta [¶37] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶38] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶39] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶40] “Mendicants, give up one thing and I guarantee you non-return. What one thing? Disdain is the one thing. Give it up, and I guarantee you non-return.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya. Katamaṁ ekadhammaṁ? Makkhaṁ, bhikkhave, ekadhammaṁ pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti. [¶41] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶42] “When overcome by disdain beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that disdain, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena makkhena makkhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ makkhaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶43] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶44] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶45] Iti 6 · Conceit > Pali: Iti 6 · Mānasutta [¶46] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶47] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶48] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶49] “Mendicants, give up one thing and I guarantee you non-return. What one thing? Conceit is the one thing. Give it up, and I guarantee you non-return.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya. Katamaṁ ekadhammaṁ? Mānaṁ, bhikkhave, ekadhammaṁ pajahatha; ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti. [¶50] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶51] “Drunk on conceit, beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that conceit, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena mānena mattāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ mānaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶52] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶53] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶54] Iti 7 · Complete Understanding of All > Pali: Iti 7 · Sabbapariññāsutta [¶55] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶56] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶57] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶58] “Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding the all, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering. By directly knowing and completely understanding the all, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” > Pali: “Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya. Sabbañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti. [¶59] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶60] “Those who know the all as all, are not attracted to anything. They completely understand all, and have risen above all suffering.” > Pali: “Yo sabbaṁ sabbato ñatvā, sabbatthesu na rajjati; Sa ve sabbapariññā so, sabbadukkhamupaccagā”ti. [¶61] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶62] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶63] Iti 8 · Complete Understanding of Conceit > Pali: Iti 8 · Mānapariññāsutta [¶64] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶65] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶66] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶67] “Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding conceit, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering. By directly knowing and completely understanding conceit, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” > Pali: “Mānaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya. Mānañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti. [¶68] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶69] “These folk are caught up in conceit, tied by conceit, delighting in existence. Not completely understanding conceit, they return in future lives. > Pali: “Mānupetā ayaṁ pajā, mānaganthā bhave ratā; Mānaṁ aparijānantā, āgantāro punabbhavaṁ. [¶70] Those who have given up conceit, freed with the ending of conceit, vanquishers of the tie of conceit, have risen above all suffering.” > Pali: Ye ca mānaṁ pahantvāna, vimuttā mānasaṅkhaye; Te mānaganthābhibhuno, sabbadukkhamupaccagun”ti. [¶71] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶72] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶73] Iti 9 · Complete Understanding of Greed > Pali: Iti 9 · Lobhapariññāsutta [¶74] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶75] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶76] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶77] “Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding greed, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering. By directly knowing and completely understanding greed, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” > Pali: “Lobhaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya. Lobhañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti. [¶78] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶79] “When overcome by greed beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that greed, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena lobhena luddhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ lobhaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶80] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶81] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶82] Iti 10 · Complete Understanding of Hate > Pali: Iti 10 · Dosapariññāsutta [¶83] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶84] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶85] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶86] “Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding hate, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering. By directly knowing and completely understanding hate, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” > Pali: “Dosaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya. Dosañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti. [¶87] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶88] “When overcome by hate beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that hate, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena dosena duṭṭhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ dosaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶89] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶90] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶91] > Pali: Pāṭibhogavaggo paṭhamo. [¶92] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶93] > Pali: Rāgadosā atha moho, Kodhamakkhā mānaṁ sabbaṁ; Mānato rāgadosā puna dve, Pakāsitā vaggamāhu paṭhamanti. [¶94] Iti 11 · Complete Understanding of Delusion > Pali: Iti 11 · Mohapariññāsutta [¶95] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶96] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶97] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶98] “Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding delusion, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering. By directly knowing and completely understanding delusion, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” > Pali: “Mohaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya. Mohañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti. [¶99] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶100] “When overcome by delusion beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that delusion, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena mohena mūḷhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ mohaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶101] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶102] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶103] Iti 12 · Complete Understanding of Anger > Pali: Iti 12 · Kodhapariññāsutta [¶104] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶105] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶106] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶107] “Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding anger, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering. By directly knowing and completely understanding anger, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” > Pali: “Kodhaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya. Kodhañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti. [¶108] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶109] “When overcome by anger beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that anger, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena kodhena kuddhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ kodhaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶110] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶111] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶112] Iti 13 · Complete Understanding of Disdain > Pali: Iti 13 · Makkhapariññāsutta [¶113] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶114] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶115] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶116] “Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding disdain, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering. By directly knowing and completely understanding disdain, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” > Pali: “Makkhaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya. Makkhañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti. [¶117] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶118] “When overcome by disdain beings go to a bad place. Having rightly understood that disdain, the discerning give it up. Once they’ve given it up, they never return to this world.” > Pali: “Yena makkhena makkhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṁ; Taṁ makkhaṁ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino; Pahāya na punāyanti, imaṁ lokaṁ kudācanan”ti. [¶119] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶120] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶121] Iti 14 · The Shroud of Ignorance > Pali: Iti 14 · Avijjānīvaraṇasutta [¶122] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶123] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶124] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶125] “Mendicants, I do not see a single shroud, shrouded by which people wander and transmigrate for a long time like the shroud of ignorance. Shrouded by ignorance, people wander and transmigrate for a long time.” > Pali: “Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekanīvaraṇampi samanupassāmi yena nīvaraṇena nivutā pajā dīgharattaṁ sandhāvanti saṁsaranti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, avijjānīvaraṇaṁ. Avijjānīvaraṇena hi, bhikkhave, nivutā pajā dīgharattaṁ sandhāvanti saṁsarantī”ti. [¶126] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶127] “There is no other thing that shrouds people like ignorance. Veiled by delusion, they transmigrate day and night. > Pali: “Natthañño ekadhammopi, yenevaṁ nivutā pajā; Saṁsaranti ahorattaṁ, yathā mohena āvutā. [¶128] Those who have given up delusion, shattering the mass of darkness, wander no more, the root is not found in them.” > Pali: Ye ca mohaṁ pahantvāna, tamokhandhaṁ padālayuṁ; Na te puna saṁsaranti, hetu tesaṁ na vijjatī”ti. [¶129] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶130] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶131] Iti 15 · The Fetter of Craving > Pali: Iti 15 · Taṇhāsaṁyojanasutta [¶132] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶133] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶134] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶135] “Mendicants, I do not see a single fetter, fettered by which people wander and transmigrate for a long time like the fetter of craving. Fettered by craving, people wander and transmigrate for a long time.” > Pali: “Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekasaṁyojanampi samanupassāmi yena saṁyojanena saṁyuttā sattā dīgharattaṁ sandhāvanti saṁsaranti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, taṇhāsaṁyojanaṁ. Taṇhāsaṁyojanena hi, bhikkhave, saṁyuttā sattā dīgharattaṁ sandhāvanti saṁsarantī”ti. [¶136] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶137] “Craving is a person’s partner as they transmigrate on this long journey. They go from this state to another, but don’t escape transmigration. > Pali: “Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhāna saṁsaraṁ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṁ, saṁsāraṁ nātivattati. [¶138] Knowing this danger, that craving is the cause of suffering— rid of craving, free of grasping, a mendicant would wander mindful.” > Pali: Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, Taṇhaṁ dukkhassa sambhavaṁ; Vītataṇho anādāno, Sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. [¶139] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶140] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶141] Iti 16 · A Trainee (1st) > Pali: Iti 16 · Paṭhamasekhasutta [¶142] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶143] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶144] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶145] “Taking into account interior factors, mendicants, I do not see a single one that is so very helpful as rational application of mind for a trainee mendicant who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. A mendicant rationally applying the mind gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful.” > Pali: “Sekhassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appattamānasassa anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānassa viharato ajjhattikaṁ aṅganti karitvā nāññaṁ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṁ evaṁ bahūpakāraṁ yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikāro. Yoniso, bhikkhave, bhikkhu manasi karonto akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāvetī”ti. [¶146] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶147] “There is nothing so helpful for a trainee mendicant aspiring for the ultimate goal as rational application of mind. Striving rationally, a mendicant attains the end of suffering.” > Pali: “Yonisomanasikāro, dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno; Natthañño evaṁ bahukāro, uttamatthassa pattiyā; Yoniso padahaṁ bhikkhu, khayaṁ dukkhassa pāpuṇe”ti. [¶148] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶149] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶150] Iti 17 · A Trainee (2nd) > Pali: Iti 17 · Dutiyasekhasutta [¶151] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶152] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶153] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶154] “Taking into account exterior factors, mendicants, I do not see a single one that is so very helpful as good friendship for a trainee mendicant who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. A mendicant who has good friends gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful.” > Pali: “Sekhassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appattamānasassa anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānassa viharato bāhiraṁ aṅganti karitvā nāññaṁ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṁ evaṁ bahūpakāraṁ yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā. Kalyāṇamitto, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāvetī”ti. [¶155] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶156] “A mendicant with good friends is reverential and respectful when their friends are speaking, aware and mindful. Gradually they would attain the ending of all fetters.” > Pali: “Kalyāṇamitto yo bhikkhu, sappatisso sagāravo; Karaṁ mittānaṁ vacanaṁ, sampajāno patissato; Pāpuṇe anupubbena, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayan”ti. [¶157] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶158] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶159] Iti 18 · Schism in the Saṅgha > Pali: Iti 18 · Saṅghabhedasutta [¶160] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶161] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶162] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶163] “One thing, mendicants, arises in the world for the detriment and unhappiness of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. What one thing? Schism in the Saṅgha. When the Saṅgha is split, they argue, insult, block, and forsake each other. This doesn’t inspire confidence in those without it, and it causes some with confidence to change their minds.” > Pali: “Ekadhammo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. Katamo ekadhammo? Saṅghabhedo. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne aññamaññaṁ bhaṇḍanāni ceva honti, aññamaññaṁ paribhāsā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ parikkhepā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ pariccajanā ca honti. Tattha appasannā ceva nappasīdanti, pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattaṁ hotī”ti. [¶164] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶165] “A schismatic remains for the eon in a place of loss, in hell. Taking a stand against the teaching, favoring factions, they ruin their sanctuary. After causing schism in a harmonious Saṅgha, they burn in hell for an eon.” > Pali: “Āpāyiko nerayiko, Kappaṭṭho saṅghabhedako; Vaggārāmo adhammaṭṭho, Yogakkhemā padhaṁsati; Saṅghaṁ samaggaṁ bhetvāna, Kappaṁ nirayamhi paccatī”ti. [¶166] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶167] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶168] Iti 19 · Harmony in the Saṅgha > Pali: Iti 19 · Saṅghasāmaggīsutta [¶169] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶170] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶171] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶172] “One thing, mendicants, arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans. What one thing? Harmony in the Saṅgha. When the Saṅgha is in harmony, they don’t argue, insult, block, or forsake each other. This inspires confidence in those without it, and increases confidence in those who have it.” > Pali: “Ekadhammo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. Katamo ekadhammo? Saṅghasāmaggī. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, samagge na ceva aññamaññaṁ bhaṇḍanāni honti, na ca aññamaññaṁ paribhāsā honti, na ca aññamaññaṁ parikkhepā honti, na ca aññamaññaṁ pariccajanā honti. Tattha appasannā ceva pasīdanti, pasannānañca bhiyyobhāvo hotī”ti. [¶173] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶174] “A Saṅgha in harmony is happy, as is support for those in harmony. Taking a stand on the teaching, favoring harmony, they ruin no sanctuary. After creating harmony in the Saṅgha, they rejoice in heaven for an eon.” > Pali: “Sukhā saṅghassa sāmaggī, samaggānañcanuggaho; Samaggarato dhammaṭṭho, yogakkhemā na dhaṁsati; Saṅghaṁ samaggaṁ katvāna, kappaṁ saggamhi modatī”ti. [¶175] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶176] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶177] Iti 20 · A Corrupted Mind > Pali: Iti 20 · Paduṭṭhacittasutta [¶178] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶179] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶180] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶181] “Mendicants, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual whose mind is corrupted, I understand: ‘If this individual were to die right now, they would be placed in hell as if delivered there.’ Why is that? Because their mind is corrupted. Corruption of mind is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.” > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ paduṭṭhacittaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imamhi cāyaṁ samaye puggalo kālaṁ kareyya yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye’. Taṁ kissa hetu? Cittaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, paduṭṭhaṁ. Cetopadosahetu kho pana, bhikkhave, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjantī”ti. [¶182] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶183] “Knowing an individual’s corrupted mind, the Buddha explained this matter in the mendicants’ presence. > Pali: “Paduṭṭhacittaṁ ñatvāna, ekaccaṁ idha puggalaṁ; Etamatthañca byākāsi, buddho bhikkhūna santike. [¶184] If that individual were to die at this time, they’d be reborn in hell, for their mind is corrupted. > Pali: Imamhi cāyaṁ samaye, kālaṁ kayirātha puggalo; Nirayaṁ upapajjeyya, cittaṁ hissa padūsitaṁ. [¶185] That sort is cast down as surely as if they’d been carried off and put there. For corruption of mind is the reason sentient beings go to a bad place.” > Pali: Yathā haritvā nikkhipeyya, evamevaṁ tathāvidho; Cetopadosahetu hi, sattā gacchanti duggatin”ti. [¶186] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶187] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶188] > Pali: Dutiyo vaggo. [¶189] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶190] > Pali: Moho kodho atha makkho, Vijjā taṇhā sekhaduve ca; Bhedo sāmaggipuggalo, Vaggamāhu dutiyanti vuccatīti. [¶191] Iti 21 · A Pure Mind > Pali: Iti 21 · Pasannacittasutta [¶192] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶193] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶194] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶195] “Mendicants, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual whose mind is pure, I understand: ‘If this individual were to die right now, they would be placed in heaven as if delivered there.’ Why is that? Because their mind is pure. Purity of mind is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ pasannacittaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imamhi cāyaṁ samaye puggalo kālaṁ kareyya yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge’. Taṁ kissa hetu? Cittaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, pasannaṁ. Cetopasādahetu kho pana, bhikkhave, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. [¶196] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶197] “Knowing an individual’s pure mind, the Buddha explained this matter in the mendicants’ presence. > Pali: “Pasannacittaṁ ñatvāna, ekaccaṁ idha puggalaṁ; Etamatthañca byākāsi, buddho bhikkhūna santike. [¶198] If that individual were to die at this time, they’d be reborn in heaven, for their mind is pure. > Pali: Imamhi cāyaṁ samaye, kālaṁ kayirātha puggalo; Sugatiṁ upapajjeyya, cittaṁ hissa pasāditaṁ. [¶199] That sort is raised up as surely as if they’d been carried and put there. For purity of mind is the reason sentient beings go to a good place.” > Pali: Yathā haritvā nikkhipeyya, evamevaṁ tathāvidho; Cetopasādahetu hi, sattā gacchanti suggatin”ti. [¶200] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶201] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶202] Iti 22 · The Benefits of Love > Pali: Iti 22 · Mettasutta [¶203] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶204] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶205] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶206] “Mendicants, don’t fear good deeds. For ‘good deeds’ is a term for happiness, for what is likable, desirable, and agreeable. I recall undergoing for a long time the likable, desirable, and agreeable results of good deeds performed over a long time. Having developed a mind of love for seven years, for seven eons of the cosmos contracting and expanding I didn’t return to this world again. As the eon contracted I went to the realm of sublime luminosity. As it expanded I was reborn in an empty mansion of divinity. > Pali: “Mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṁ bhāyittha. Sukhassetaṁ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṁ iṭṭhassa kantassa piyassa manāpassa yadidaṁ puññāni. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, dīgharattaṁ katānaṁ puññānaṁ iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vipākaṁ paccanubhūtaṁ. Satta vassāni mettacittaṁ bhāvetvā satta saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe nayimaṁ lokaṁ punarāgamāsiṁ. Saṁvaṭṭamāne sudaṁ, bhikkhave, kappe ābhassarūpago homi; vivaṭṭamāne kappe suññaṁ brahmavimānaṁ upapajjāmi. [¶207] There I was the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the vanquisher, the unvanquished, the universal seer, the wielder of power. I was Sakka, lord of gods, thirty-six times. Many hundreds of times I was a king, a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king. My dominion extended to all four sides, I achieved stability in the country, and I possessed the seven treasures. Not to mention regional kingship! > Pali: Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmā homi mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī. Chattiṁsakkhattuṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sakko ahosiṁ devānamindo; anekasatakkhattuṁ rājā ahosiṁ cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Ko pana vādo padesarajjassa. [¶208] Then I thought, ‘Of what deed of mine is this the fruit and result, that I am now so mighty and powerful?’ Then I thought, ‘It is the fruit and result of three kinds of deeds: giving, self-control, and restraint.’” > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘kissa nu kho me idaṁ kammassa phalaṁ, kissa kammassa vipāko, yenāhaṁ etarahi evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo’ti? Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘tiṇṇaṁ kho me idaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko, yenāhaṁ etarahi evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvoti, seyyathidaṁ— dānassa, damassa, saññamassā’”ti. [¶209] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶210] “One should practice only good deeds, whose happy outcome stretches ahead. Giving and moral conduct, developing a mind of love: > Pali: “Puññameva so sikkheyya, āyataggaṁ sukhudrayaṁ; Dānañca samacariyañca, mettacittañca bhāvaye. [¶211] having developed these three things yielding happiness, that astute one is reborn in a happy, pleasing world.” > Pali: Ete dhamme bhāvayitvā, tayo sukhasamuddaye; Abyāpajjaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ, paṇḍito upapajjatī”ti. [¶212] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶213] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶214] Iti 23 · Both Kinds of Benefit > Pali: Iti 23 · Ubhayatthasutta [¶215] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶216] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶217] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶218] “This one thing, mendicants, when developed and cultivated, secures equal benefits for both this life and lives to come. What one thing? Diligence in skillful qualities. This is the one thing that, when developed and cultivated, secures equal benefits for both this life and lives to come.” > Pali: “Ekadhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhigayha tiṭṭhati— diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ samparāyikañca. Katamo ekadhammo? Appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ekadhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhigayha tiṭṭhati— diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ samparāyikañcā”ti. [¶219] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶220] “The astute praise diligence in making merit. Being diligent, an astute person secures both benefits: > Pali: “Appamādaṁ pasaṁsanti, puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā; Appamatto ubho atthe, adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito. [¶221] the benefit in this life, and in lives to come. Attentive, comprehending the meaning, they are said to be astute.” > Pali: Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko; Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī”ti. [¶222] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶223] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶224] Iti 24 · A Heap of Bones > Pali: Iti 24 · Aṭṭhipuñjasutta [¶225] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶226] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶227] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶228] “Mendicants, one individual roaming and transmigrating for an eon would amass a heap of bones the size of this Mount Vepulla, if they were gathered together and not lost.” > Pali: “Ekapuggalassa, bhikkhave, kappaṁ sandhāvato saṁsarato siyā evaṁ mahā aṭṭhikaṅkalo aṭṭhipuñjo aṭṭhirāsi yathāyaṁ vepullo pabbato, sace saṁhārako assa, sambhatañca na vinasseyyā”ti. [¶229] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶230] “If the bones of a single individual for a single eon were gathered up, they’d make a pile the size of a mountain: so said the great seer. > Pali: “Ekassekena kappena, puggalassaṭṭhisañcayo; Siyā pabbatasamo rāsi, iti vuttaṁ mahesinā. [¶231] And this is declared to be as big as Mount Vepulla, higher than the Vulture’s Peak in the Mountainfold of the Magadhans. > Pali: So kho panāyaṁ akkhāto, vepullo pabbato mahā; Uttaro gijjhakūṭassa, magadhānaṁ giribbaje. [¶232] But then, with right understanding, one sees the noble truths— suffering, suffering’s origin, suffering’s transcendence, and the noble eightfold path that leads to the stilling of suffering. > Pali: Yato ca ariyasaccāni, sammappaññāya passati; Dukkhaṁ dukkhasamuppādaṁ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṁ; Ariyañcaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ, dukkhūpasamagāminaṁ. [¶233] After roaming on seven times at most, that individual makes an end of suffering, with the ending of all fetters.” > Pali: Sa sattakkhattuṁ paramaṁ, sandhāvitvāna puggalo; Dukkhassantakaro hoti, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayā”ti. [¶234] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶235] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶236] Iti 25 · Lying > Pali: Iti 25 · Musāvādasutta [¶237] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶238] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶239] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶240] “Mendicants, for an individual person who transgresses in one thing, there is no bad deed they would not do, I say. What one thing? It is this: telling a deliberate lie.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ atītassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa nāhaṁ tassa kiñci pāpakammaṁ akaraṇīyanti vadāmi. Katamaṁ ekadhammaṁ? Yadidaṁ, bhikkhave, sampajānamusāvādo”ti. [¶241] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶242] “When a personage, spurning the hereafter, transgresses in just one thing— lying— there is no evil they would not do.” > Pali: “Ekadhammaṁ atītassa, musāvādissa jantuno; Vitiṇṇaparalokassa, natthi pāpaṁ akāriyan”ti. [¶243] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶244] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶245] Iti 26 · Giving > Pali: Iti 26 · Dānasutta [¶246] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶247] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶248] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶249] “Mendicants, if sentient beings only knew, as I do, the fruit of giving and sharing, they would not eat without first giving, and the stain of stinginess would not occupy their minds. They would not eat without sharing even their last mouthful, their last morsel, so long as there was someone to receive it. It is because sentient beings do not know, as I do, the fruit of giving and sharing, that they eat without first giving, and the stain of stinginess occupies their minds.” > Pali: “Evañce, bhikkhave, sattā jāneyyuṁ dānasaṁvibhāgassa vipākaṁ yathāhaṁ jānāmi, na adatvā bhuñjeyyuṁ, na ca nesaṁ maccheramalaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyya. Yopi nesaṁ assa carimo ālopo carimaṁ kabaḷaṁ, tatopi na asaṁvibhajitvā bhuñjeyyuṁ, sace nesaṁ paṭiggāhakā assu. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, sattā na evaṁ jānanti dānasaṁvibhāgassa vipākaṁ yathāhaṁ jānāmi, tasmā adatvā bhuñjanti, maccheramalañca nesaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. [¶250] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶251] “If sentient beings only knew how great is the fruit of giving and sharing as taught by the great seer! > Pali: “Evañce sattā jāneyyuṁ, yathāvuttaṁ mahesinā; Vipākaṁ saṁvibhāgassa, yathā hoti mahapphalaṁ. [¶252] Rid of the stain of stinginess, with clear and confident heart, they would duly give to the noble ones, where a gift is very fruitful. > Pali: Vineyya maccheramalaṁ, vippasannena cetasā; Dajjuṁ kālena ariyesu, yattha dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ. [¶253] Having given food in abundance to those worthy of a religious donation, after passing from the human realm, the givers go to heaven. > Pali: Annañca datvā bahuno, dakkhiṇeyyesu dakkhiṇaṁ; Ito cutā manussattā, saggaṁ gacchanti dāyakā. [¶254] And when they have arrived there in heaven, they enjoy all the pleasures they desire. The generous enjoy the fruit of giving and sharing.” > Pali: Te ca saggagatā tattha, modanti kāmakāmino; Vipākaṁ saṁvibhāgassa, anubhonti amaccharā”ti. [¶255] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶256] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶257] Iti 27 · The Meditation on Love > Pali: Iti 27 · Mettābhāvanāsutta [¶258] The Book of the Ones > Pali: Ekakanipāta [¶259] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶260] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶261] “Mendicants, of all the grounds for making worldly merit, none are worth a sixteenth part of the heart’s release by love. Surpassing them, the heart’s release by love shines and glows and dazzles. > Pali: “Yāni kānici, bhikkhave, opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ. Mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca. [¶262] It’s like how the radiance of all the stars is not worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s radiance. Surpassing them, the moon’s radiance shines and glows and dazzles. In the same way, of all the grounds for making worldly merit, none are worth a sixteenth part of the heart’s release by love. Surpassing them, the heart’s release by love shines and glows and dazzles. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā kāci tārakarūpānaṁ pabhā sabbā tā candiyā pabhāya kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, candapabhāyeva tā adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca. [¶263] It’s like the last month of the rainy season, in autumn, when the heavens are sunny and cloudless. And as the sun is rising to the firmament, having dispelled all the darkness of space, it shines and glows and dazzles. In the same way, of all the grounds for making worldly merit, none are worth a sixteenth part of the heart’s release by love. Surpassing them, the heart’s release by love shines and glows and dazzles. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, vassānaṁ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve ādicco nabhaṁ abbhussakkamāno sabbaṁ ākāsagataṁ tamagataṁ abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca. [¶264] It’s like how, at the crack of dawn, the morning star shines and glows and dazzles. In the same way, of all the grounds for making worldly merit, none are worth a sixteenth part of the heart’s release by love. Surpassing them, the heart’s release by love shines and glows and dazzles.” > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ osadhitārakā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati cā”ti. [¶265] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶266] “A mindful one who develops limitless love weakens the fetters, seeing the ending of attachments. > Pali: “Yo ca mettaṁ bhāvayati, appamāṇaṁ paṭissato; Tanū saṁyojanā honti, passato upadhikkhayaṁ. [¶267] Loving just one creature with a hateless heart makes you a good person. Sympathetic for all creatures, a noble one creates abundant merit. > Pali: Ekampi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto, Mettāyati kusalo tena hoti; Sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampaṁ, Pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṁ. [¶268] The royal potentates conquered this land and traveled around sponsoring sacrifices— horse sacrifice, human sacrifice, the sacrifices of the ‘casting of the yoke-pin’, the ‘royal soma drinking’, and the ‘unimpeded’. > Pali: Ye sattasaṇḍaṁ pathaviṁ vijitvā, Rājisayo yajamānānupariyagā; Assamedhaṁ purisamedhaṁ, Sammāpāsaṁ vājapeyyaṁ niraggaḷaṁ. [¶269] These are not worth a sixteenth part of the mind developed with love, as starlight cannot rival the moon. > Pali: Mettassa cittassa subhāvitassa, Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṁ; Candappabhā tāragaṇāva sabbe. [¶270] Don’t kill or cause others to kill, don’t conquer or encourage others to conquer, with love for all living creatures— you’ll have no enmity for anyone.” > Pali: Yo na hanti na ghāteti, na jināti na jāpaye; Mettaṁso sabbabhūtesu, veraṁ tassa na kenacī”ti. [¶271] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶272] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶273] > Pali: Tatiyo vaggo. [¶274] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶275] > Pali: Cittaṁ mettaṁ ubho atthe, puñjaṁ vepullapabbataṁ; Sampajānamusāvādo, dānañca mettabhāvanā. [¶276] > Pali: Sattimāni ca suttāni, purimāni ca vīsati; Ekadhammesu suttantā, sattavīsatisaṅgahāti. [¶277] > Pali: Ekakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶278] Iti 28 · Living in Suffering > Pali: Iti 28 · Dukkhavihārasutta [¶279] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶280] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶281] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: (…) Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶282] “Mendicants, when a mendicant has two qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever— and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth. What two? Not guarding the sense doors and eating too much. When a mendicant possesses these two qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever— and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth.” > Pali: “Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ; kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi dvīhi? Indriyesu aguttadvāratāya ca, bhojane amattaññutāya ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ; kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. [¶283] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶284] “Eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and likewise mind: a mendicant who leaves these sense doors unguarded— > Pali: “Cakkhu sotañca ghānañca, jivhā kāyo tathā mano; Etāni yassa dvārāni, aguttāni ca bhikkhuno. [¶285] immoderate in eating, sense faculties unrestrained— reaps suffering both physical and mental. > Pali: Bhojanamhi amattaññū, indriyesu asaṁvuto; Kāyadukkhaṁ cetodukkhaṁ, dukkhaṁ so adhigacchati. [¶286] Burning in body, burning in mind, by day or by night such a person lives in suffering.” > Pali: Ḍayhamānena kāyena, Ḍayhamānena cetasā; Divā vā yadi vā rattiṁ, Dukkhaṁ viharati tādiso”ti. [¶287] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶288] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶289] Iti 29 · Living in Happiness > Pali: Iti 29 · Sukhavihārasutta [¶290] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶291] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶292] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶293] “Mendicants, when a mendicant has two qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, anguish, and fever— and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth. What two? Guarding the sense doors and moderation in eating. When a mendicant possesses these two qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, anguish, and fever— and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.” > Pali: “Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ; kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi dvīhi? Indriyesu guttadvāratāya ca, bhojane mattaññutāya ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ; kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. [¶294] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶295] “Eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and likewise mind: a mendicant who makes these sense doors well guarded— > Pali: “Cakkhu sotañca ghānañca, jivhā kāyo tathā mano; Etāni yassa dvārāni, suguttāni ca bhikkhuno. [¶296] eating in moderation, restrained in the sense faculties— reaps happiness both physical and mental. > Pali: Bhojanamhi ca mattaññū, indriyesu ca saṁvuto; Kāyasukhaṁ cetosukhaṁ, sukhaṁ so adhigacchati. [¶297] Not burning in body, not burning in mind, by day or by night such a person lives in happiness.” > Pali: Aḍayhamānena kāyena, Aḍayhamānena cetasā; Divā vā yadi vā rattiṁ, Sukhaṁ viharati tādiso”ti. [¶298] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶299] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶300] Iti 30 · Mortifying > Pali: Iti 30 · Tapanīyasutta [¶301] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶302] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶303] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶304] “These two things, mendicants, are mortifying. What two? It’s when someone hasn’t done good and skillful things that keep them safe, but has done bad things, violence and sin. Thinking, ‘I haven’t done good things’, they’re mortified. Thinking, ‘I have done bad things’, they’re mortified. These are the two things that are mortifying.” > Pali: “Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanīyā. Katame dve? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco akatakalyāṇo hoti, akatakusalo, akatabhīruttāṇo, katapāpo, kataluddo, katakibbiso. So ‘akataṁ me kalyāṇan’tipi tappati, ‘kataṁ me pāpan’tipi tappati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā tapanīyā”ti. [¶305] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶306] “Having done bad things by way of body, speech, and mind, and whatever else is corrupt; > Pali: “Kāyaduccaritaṁ katvā, vacīduccaritāni ca; Manoduccaritaṁ katvā, yañcaññaṁ dosasañhitaṁ. [¶307] not having done good deeds, and having done many bad, when their body breaks up, that witless person is reborn in hell.” > Pali: Akatvā kusalaṁ kammaṁ, katvānākusalaṁ bahuṁ; Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṁ sopapajjatī”ti. [¶308] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶309] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶310] Iti 31 · Not Mortifying > Pali: Iti 31 · Atapanīyasutta [¶311] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶312] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶313] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶314] “These two things, mendicants, are not mortifying. What two? It’s when someone has done good and skillful things that keep them safe, but has not done bad things, violence and sin. Thinking, ‘I have done good things’, they’re not mortified. Thinking, ‘I haven’t done bad things’, they’re not mortified. These are the two things that are not mortifying.” > Pali: “Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā atapanīyā. Katame dve? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco katakalyāṇo hoti, katakusalo, katabhīruttāṇo, akatapāpo, akataluddo, akatakibbiso. So ‘kataṁ me kalyāṇan’tipi na tappati, ‘akataṁ me pāpan’tipi na tappati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā atapanīyā”ti. [¶315] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶316] “Having given up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and whatever else is corrupt; > Pali: “Kāyaduccaritaṁ hitvā, vacīduccaritāni ca; Manoduccaritaṁ hitvā, yañcaññaṁ dosasañhitaṁ. [¶317] not having done bad deeds, and having done many good, when their body breaks up, that wise person is reborn in heaven.” > Pali: Akatvākusalaṁ kammaṁ, katvāna kusalaṁ bahuṁ; Kāyassa bhedā sappañño, saggaṁ so upapajjatī”ti. [¶318] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶319] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶320] Iti 32 · Ethics (1st) > Pali: Iti 32 · Paṭhamasīlasutta [¶321] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶322] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶323] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶324] “Mendicants, an individual with two qualities is placed in hell as if delivered there. What two? Bad conduct and bad view. An individual with these two qualities is placed in hell as if delivered there.” > Pali: “Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye. Katamehi dvīhi? Pāpakena ca sīlena, pāpikāya ca diṭṭhiyā. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye”ti. [¶325] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶326] “If a person possesses these two qualities— bad conduct and bad views— when their body breaks up, that witless person is reborn in hell.” > Pali: “Pāpakena ca sīlena, pāpikāya ca diṭṭhiyā; Etehi dvīhi dhammehi, yo samannāgato naro; Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṁ sopapajjatī”ti. [¶327] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶328] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶329] Iti 33 · Ethics (2nd) > Pali: Iti 33 · Dutiyasīlasutta [¶330] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶331] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶332] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶333] “Mendicants, an individual with two qualities is placed in heaven as if delivered there. What two? Excellent conduct and excellent view. An individual with these two qualities is placed in heaven as if delivered there.” > Pali: “Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge. Katamehi dvīhi? Bhaddakena ca sīlena, bhaddikāya ca diṭṭhiyā. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge”ti. [¶334] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶335] “If a person possesses these two qualities— excellent conduct and excellent views— when their body breaks up, that wise person is reborn in heaven.” > Pali: “Bhaddakena ca sīlena, bhaddikāya ca diṭṭhiyā; Etehi dvīhi dhammehi, yo samannāgato naro; Kāyassa bhedā sappañño, saggaṁ so upapajjatī”ti. [¶336] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶337] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶338] Iti 34 · Keen > Pali: Iti 34 · Ātāpīsutta [¶339] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶340] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶341] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶342] “Mendicants, without being keen and prudent a mendicant can’t achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. But if a mendicant is keen and prudent they can achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.” > Pali: “Anātāpī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anottāpī abhabbo sambodhāya, abhabbo nibbānāya, abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya. Ātāpī ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ottāpī bhabbo sambodhāya, bhabbo nibbānāya, bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāyā”ti. [¶343] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶344] “Neither keen nor prudent, lazy, lacking energy, full of dullness and drowsiness, unconscientious, lacking regard for others, such a mendicant is incapable of experiencing the highest awakening. > Pali: “Anātāpī anottāpī, kusīto hīnavīriyo; Yo thinamiddhabahulo, ahirīko anādaro; Abhabbo tādiso bhikkhu, phuṭṭhuṁ sambodhimuttamaṁ. [¶345] One who is mindful, alert, meditative, keen, prudent, and diligent, having cut the fetter of birth and old age, would experience supreme awakening in this very life.” > Pali: Yo ca satimā nipako jhāyī, Ātāpī ottāpī ca appamatto; Saṁyojanaṁ jātijarāya chetvā, Idheva sambodhimanuttaraṁ phuse”ti. [¶346] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶347] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶348] Iti 35 · Fawning and Flattery > Pali: Iti 35 · Paṭhamajananakuhanasutta [¶349] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶350] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶351] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶352] “Mendicants, this spiritual life is not lived for the sake of fawning or flattering people, nor for the benefit of possessions, honor, or popularity, nor thinking, ‘So let people know about me!’ This spiritual life is lived for the sake of restraint and giving up.” > Pali: “Nayidaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṁ vussati janakuhanatthaṁ, na janalapanatthaṁ, na lābhasakkārasilokānisaṁsatthaṁ, na ‘iti maṁ jano jānātū’ti. Atha kho idaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṁ vussati saṁvaratthañceva pahānatthañcā”ti. [¶353] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶354] “The Buddha taught the spiritual life not because of legends, but for the sake of restraint and giving up, and because its objective is extinguishment. > Pali: “Saṁvaratthaṁ pahānatthaṁ, brahmacariyaṁ anītihaṁ; Adesayi so bhagavā, nibbānogadhagāminaṁ. [¶355] This is the path followed by the great souls, the great seers. Those who practice it as it was taught by the Buddha doing the Teacher’s bidding, make an end of suffering.” > Pali: Esa maggo mahattehi, anuyāto mahesibhi; Ye ye taṁ paṭipajjanti, yathā buddhena desitaṁ; Dukkhassantaṁ karissanti, satthusāsanakārino”ti. [¶356] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶357] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. ## 2. Iti 36–69 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/2/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/2/#p-N [¶0] Iti 36 · Fawning and Flattery > Pali: Iti 36 · Dutiyajananakuhanasutta [¶1] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶2] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶3] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶4] “Mendicants, this spiritual life is not lived for the sake of fawning or flattering people, nor for the benefit of possessions, honor, or popularity, nor thinking, ‘So let people know about me!’ This spiritual life is lived for the sake of direct knowledge and complete understanding.” > Pali: “Nayidaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṁ vussati janakuhanatthaṁ, na janalapanatthaṁ, na lābhasakkārasilokānisaṁsatthaṁ, na ‘iti maṁ jano jānātū’ti. Atha kho idaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṁ vussati abhiññatthañceva pariññatthañcā”ti. [¶5] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶6] “The Buddha taught the spiritual life not because of legends, but for the sake of insight and understanding, and because it culminates in extinguishment. > Pali: “Abhiññatthaṁ pariññatthaṁ, brahmacariyaṁ anītihaṁ; Adesayi so bhagavā, nibbānogadhagāminaṁ. [¶7] This is the path followed by the great souls, the great seers. Those who practice it as it was taught by the Buddha doing the Teacher’s bidding, make an end of suffering.” > Pali: Esa maggo mahattehi, anuyāto mahesibhi; Ye ye taṁ paṭipajjanti, yathā buddhena desitaṁ; Dukkhassantaṁ karissanti, satthusāsanakārino”ti. [¶8] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶9] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶10] Iti 37 · Happiness > Pali: Iti 37 · Somanassasutta [¶11] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶12] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶13] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶14] “Mendicants, when a mendicant has two qualities they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements. What two? Being inspired at inspiring places, and making a suitable effort when inspired. When a mendicant possesses these two qualities they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.” > Pali: “Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāya. Katamehi dvīhi? Saṁvejanīyesu ṭhānesu saṁvejanena, saṁviggassa ca yoniso padhānena. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāyā”ti. [¶15] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶16] “At inspiring places an astute person should be inspired; a keen and alert mendicant should examine with wisdom. > Pali: “Saṁvejanīyaṭṭhānesu, saṁvijjetheva paṇḍito; Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu, paññāya samavekkhiya. [¶17] A mendicant living like this, with keen energy, peaceful not restless, devoted to serenity of heart, attains the ending of suffering.” > Pali: Evaṁ vihārī ātāpī, santavutti anuddhato; Cetosamathamanuyutto, khayaṁ dukkhassa pāpuṇe”ti. [¶18] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶19] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶20] > Pali: Paṭhamo vaggo. [¶21] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶22] > Pali: Dve ca bhikkhū tapanīyā, tapanīyā paratthehi; Ātāpī nakuhanā dve, somanassena te dasāti. [¶23] Iti 38 · Thoughts > Pali: Iti 38 · Vitakkasutta [¶24] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶25] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶26] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶27] “Two thoughts, mendicants, often occur to the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha: the thought of sanctuary, and that of seclusion. The Realized One loves kindness and delights in it, so this thought often occurs to him: ‘Through this behavior, I shall not hurt any creature firm or frail.’ > Pali: “Tathāgataṁ, bhikkhave, arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dve vitakkā bahulaṁ samudācaranti— khemo ca vitakko, paviveko ca. Abyāpajjhārāmo, bhikkhave, tathāgato abyāpajjharato. Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ abyāpajjhārāmaṁ abyāpajjharataṁ eseva vitakko bahulaṁ samudācarati: ‘imāyāhaṁ iriyāya na kañci byābādhemi tasaṁ vā thāvaraṁ vā’ti. [¶28] The Realized One loves seclusion and delights in it, so this thought often occurs to him: ‘What is unskillful has been given up.’ > Pali: Pavivekārāmo, bhikkhave, tathāgato pavivekarato. Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ pavivekārāmaṁ pavivekarataṁ eseva vitakko bahulaṁ samudācarati: ‘yaṁ akusalaṁ taṁ pahīnan’ti. [¶29] So, mendicants, you too should love kindness and delight in it, then this thought will often occur to you: ‘Through this behavior, I shall not hurt any creature firm or frail.’ > Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tumhepi abyāpajjhārāmā viharatha abyāpajjharatā. Tesaṁ vo, bhikkhave, tumhākaṁ abyāpajjhārāmānaṁ viharataṁ abyāpajjharatānaṁ eseva vitakko bahulaṁ samudācarissati: ‘imāya mayaṁ iriyāya na kañci byābādhema tasaṁ vā thāvaraṁ vā’ti. [¶30] You too should love seclusion and delight in it, then this thought will often occur to you: ‘What is unskillful? What is not given up? What should I give up?’” > Pali: Pavivekārāmā, bhikkhave, viharatha pavivekaratā. Tesaṁ vo, bhikkhave, tumhākaṁ pavivekārāmānaṁ viharataṁ pavivekaratānaṁ eseva vitakko bahulaṁ samudācarissati: ‘kiṁ akusalaṁ, kiṁ appahīnaṁ, kiṁ pajahāmā’”ti. [¶31] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶32] “Two thoughts occur to him, the Realized One, the bearer of the unbearable: first mentioned was thought of sanctuary, then the second made clear was seclusion. > Pali: “Tathāgataṁ buddhamasayhasāhinaṁ, Duve vitakkā samudācaranti naṁ; Khemo vitakko paṭhamo udīrito, Tato viveko dutiyo pakāsito. [¶33] Dispeller of darkness, the great seer has crossed over: the attained, the master, the undefiled. In the midst of it all, he is freed in the ending of craving; that sage bears his final body. He has disposed of Māra, I declare, and gone beyond old age. > Pali: Tamonudaṁ pāragataṁ mahesiṁ, Taṁ pattipattaṁ vasimaṁ anāsavaṁ; Visantaraṁ taṇhakkhaye vimuttaṁ, Taṁ ve muniṁ antimadehadhāriṁ; Mārañjahaṁ brūmi jarāya pāraguṁ. [¶34] Standing high on a rocky mountain, you can see the people all around. In just the same way, the All-seer, so intelligent, having ascended the Temple of Truth, rid of sorrow, looks upon the people swamped with sorrow, overcome by rebirth and old age.” > Pali: Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato; Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedho, Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, Avekkhati jātijarābhibhūtan”ti. [¶35] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶36] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶37] Iti 39 · Teaching > Pali: Iti 39 · Desanāsutta [¶38] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶39] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶40] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶41] “Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has two approaches to teaching Dhamma. What two? ‘See evil as evil’— this is the first approach to teaching Dhamma. ‘Having seen evil as evil, be disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed from it’— this is the second approach to teaching Dhamma. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has these two approaches to teaching Dhamma.” > Pali: “Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa dve dhammadesanā pariyāyena bhavanti. Katamā dve? ‘Pāpaṁ pāpakato passathā’ti— ayaṁ paṭhamā dhammadesanā; ‘pāpaṁ pāpakato disvā tattha nibbindatha virajjatha vimuccathā’ti— ayaṁ dutiyā dhammadesanā. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa imā dve dhammadesanā pariyāyena bhavantī”ti. [¶42] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶43] “See the two approaches for explaining the Dhamma used by the Realized One, the Buddha, compassionate for all beings: > Pali: “Tathāgatassa buddhassa, sabbabhūtānukampino; Pariyāyavacanaṁ passa, dve ca dhammā pakāsitā. [¶44] see that that is evil, and be dispassionate toward it. Then, with a mind free of desire, you’ll make an end of suffering.” > Pali: Pāpakaṁ passatha cetaṁ, tattha cāpi virajjatha; Tato virattacittāse, dukkhassantaṁ karissathā”ti. [¶45] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶46] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶47] Iti 40 · Knowledge > Pali: Iti 40 · Vijjāsutta [¶48] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶49] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶50] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶51] “Mendicants, ignorance leads the attainment of unskillful qualities, with lack of conscience and prudence following along. Knowledge leads the attainment of skillful qualities, with conscience and prudence following along.” > Pali: “Avijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaṅgamā akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā anvadeva ahirikaṁ anottappaṁ; vijjā ca kho, bhikkhave, pubbaṅgamā kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā anvadeva hirottappan”ti. [¶52] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶53] “Bad destinies of whatever kind, in this world or the next, are all rooted in ignorance, compounded of greed and desire. > Pali: “Yā kācimā duggatiyo, asmiṁ loke paramhi ca; Avijjāmūlikā sabbā, icchālobhasamussayā. [¶54] Since one of corrupt wishes is unconscientious, lacking regard for others, they brim with much wickedness, which sends them to a place of loss. > Pali: Yato ca hoti pāpiccho, ahirīko anādaro; Tato pāpaṁ pasavati, apāyaṁ tena gacchati. [¶55] Therefore, dispelling desire and greed and ignorance, a mendicant arousing knowledge would abandon all bad destinies.” > Pali: Tasmā chandañca lobhañca, avijjañca virājayaṁ; Vijjaṁ uppādayaṁ bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti. [¶56] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶57] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶58] > Pali: Paṭhamabhāṇavāro. [¶59] Iti 41 · Bereft of Wisdom > Pali: Iti 41 · Paññāparihīnasutta [¶60] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶61] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶62] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶63] “Those sentient beings are truly bereft, mendicants, who are bereft of noble wisdom. They live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever— and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth. Those sentient beings are not bereft who are not bereft of noble wisdom. In this very life they’re happy—free of distress, anguish, and fever— and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.” > Pali: “Te, bhikkhave, sattā suparihīnā ye ariyāya paññāya parihīnā. Te diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharanti savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ; kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. Te, bhikkhave, sattā aparihīnā ye ariyāya paññāya aparihīnā. Te diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharanti avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ; kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. [¶64] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶65] “See the world with its gods, bereft of wisdom, habituated to name and form, imagining this is truth. > Pali: “Paññāya parihānena, passa lokaṁ sadevakaṁ; Niviṭṭhaṁ nāmarūpasmiṁ, idaṁ saccanti maññati. [¶66] Wisdom is best in the world, as it leads to penetration, through which one rightly understands the ending of rebirth and continued existence. > Pali: Paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṁ, yāyaṁ nibbedhagāminī; Yāya sammā pajānāti, jātibhavaparikkhayaṁ. [¶67] Gods and humans envy them, the Buddhas, ever mindful, of laughing wisdom, bearing their final body.” > Pali: Tesaṁ devā manussā ca, sambuddhānaṁ satīmataṁ; Pihayanti hāsapaññānaṁ, sarīrantimadhārinan”ti. [¶68] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶69] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶70] Iti 42 · Bright Things > Pali: Iti 42 · Sukkadhammasutta [¶71] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶72] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶73] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶74] “These two bright things, mendicants, protect the world. What two? Conscience and prudence. If these two bright things did not protect the world, there would be no recognition of the status of mother, aunts, or wives and partners of tutors and respected people. The world would become dissolute, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and hounds and jackals. But because the two bright things protect the world, there is recognition of the status of mother, aunts, and wives and partners of tutors and respected people.” > Pali: “Dveme, bhikkhave, sukkā dhammā lokaṁ pālenti. Katame dve? Hirī ca, ottappañca. Ime ce, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṁ na pāleyyuṁ, nayidha paññāyetha mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṁ dārāti vā. Sambhedaṁ loko agamissa yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, ime dve sukkā dhammā lokaṁ pālenti tasmā paññāyati mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṁ dārāti vā”ti. [¶75] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶76] “Those in whom conscience and prudence are never found at all, have lost their bright roots, and fare on in birth and death. > Pali: “Yesañce hiriottappaṁ, sabbadā ca na vijjati; Vokkantā sukkamūlā te, jātimaraṇagāmino. [¶77] Those in whom conscience and prudence are always rightly established, thrive in the spiritual life; being at peace, they will not be reborn again.” > Pali: Yesañca hiriottappaṁ, sadā sammā upaṭṭhitā; Virūḷhabrahmacariyā te, santo khīṇapunabbhavā”ti. [¶78] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶79] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶80] Iti 43 · Free of Rebirth > Pali: Iti 43 · Ajātasutta [¶81] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶82] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶83] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶84] “There is, mendicants, freedom from rebirth, freedom from what has been produced, made, and conditioned. If there were no freedom from rebirth, freedom from what has been produced, made, and conditioned, then you would find no escape here from rebirth, from what has been produced, made, and conditioned. But since there is freedom from rebirth, freedom from what has been produced, made, and conditioned, an escape is found from rebirth, from what has been produced, made, and conditioned.” > Pali: “Atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṁ abhūtaṁ akataṁ asaṅkhataṁ. No cetaṁ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṁ abhūtaṁ akataṁ asaṅkhataṁ, nayidha jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṁ paññāyetha. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṁ abhūtaṁ akataṁ asaṅkhataṁ, tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṁ paññāyatī”ti. [¶85] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶86] “What’s reborn, produced, and arisen, made, conditioned, not lasting, wrapped in old age and death, frail, a nest of disease, > Pali: “Jātaṁ bhūtaṁ samuppannaṁ, kataṁ saṅkhatamaddhuvaṁ; Jarāmaraṇasaṅghāṭaṁ, roganīḷaṁ pabhaṅguraṁ. [¶87] whose inception is the leash to food: that’s not fit to delight in. The escape from that is peaceful, beyond the scope of logic, everlasting, > Pali: Āhāranettippabhavaṁ, nālaṁ tadabhinandituṁ; Tassa nissaraṇaṁ santaṁ, atakkāvacaraṁ dhuvaṁ. [¶88] where nothing is reborn or arisen, the sorrowless, stainless state, the cessation of all painful things, the blissful stilling of conditions.” > Pali: Ajātaṁ asamuppannaṁ, asokaṁ virajaṁ padaṁ; Nirodho dukkhadhammānaṁ, saṅkhārūpasamo sukho”ti. [¶89] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶90] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶91] Iti 44 · Elements of Extinguishment > Pali: Iti 44 · Nibbānadhātusutta [¶92] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶93] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶94] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶95] “There are, mendicants, these two elements of extinguishment. What two? The element of extinguishment with residue, and the element of extinguishment with no residue. > Pali: “Dvemā, bhikkhave, nibbānadhātuyo. Katamā dve? Saupādisesā ca nibbānadhātu, anupādisesā ca nibbānadhātu. [¶96] And what is the element of extinguishment with residue? It’s when a mendicant is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. Their five sense faculties still remain. So long as their senses have not gone they continue to experience the agreeable and disagreeable, to feel pleasure and pain. The ending of greed, hate, and delusion in them is called the element of extinguishment with residue. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, saupādisesā nibbānadhātu? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto. Tassa tiṭṭhanteva pañcindriyāni yesaṁ avighātattā manāpāmanāpaṁ paccanubhoti, sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. Tassa yo rāgakkhayo, dosakkhayo, mohakkhayo— ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, saupādisesā nibbānadhātu. [¶97] And what is the element of extinguishment with no residue? It’s when a mendicant is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. For them, everything that’s felt, being no longer relished, will become cool right here. This is called the element of extinguishment with no residue. These are the two elements of extinguishment.” > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, anupādisesā nibbānadhātu? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto. Tassa idheva, bhikkhave, sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sīti bhavissanti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, anupādisesā nibbānadhātu. Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve nibbānadhātuyo”ti. [¶98] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶99] “These two elements of extinguishment have been revealed by the Clear-eyed One, the unattached, the unaffected. One element pertains to this life— that with residue though the leash to existence has ended; and that with no residue, which pertains to what follows this life, where all states of existence cease. > Pali: “Duve imā cakkhumatā pakāsitā, Nibbānadhātū anissitena tādinā; Ekā hi dhātu idha diṭṭhadhammikā, Saupādisesā bhavanettisaṅkhayā; Anupādisesā pana samparāyikā, Yamhi nirujjhanti bhavāni sabbaso. [¶100] Those who have fully understood the unconditioned state— their minds freed, the leash to existence ended— attained to the heart of the Dhamma, they delight in ending, the unaffected ones have given up all states of existence.” > Pali: Ye etadaññāya padaṁ asaṅkhataṁ, Vimuttacittā bhavanettisaṅkhayā; Te dhammasārādhigamā khaye ratā, Pahaṁsu te sabbabhavāni tādino”ti. [¶101] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶102] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶103] Iti 45 · Retreat > Pali: Iti 45 · Paṭisallānasutta [¶104] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶105] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶106] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶107] “Enjoy retreat, mendicants, love retreat. Be committed to inner serenity of the heart, don’t neglect absorption, be endowed with discernment, and frequent empty huts. A mendicant who enjoys retreat can expect one of two results: enlightenment in this very life, or if there’s residue left behind, non-return.” > Pali: “Paṭisallānārāmā, bhikkhave, viharatha paṭisallānaratā, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyuttā, anirākatajjhānā, vipassanāya samannāgatā, brūhetāro suññāgārānaṁ. Paṭisallānārāmānaṁ, bhikkhave, viharataṁ paṭisallānaratānaṁ ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyuttānaṁ anirākatajjhānānaṁ vipassanāya samannāgatānaṁ brūhetānaṁ suññāgārānaṁ dvinnaṁ phalānaṁ aññataraṁ phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā”ti. [¶108] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶109] “With minds at peace, alert, mindful and meditative, they rightly discern the Dhamma, unconcerned for sensual pleasures. > Pali: “Ye santacittā nipakā, satimanto ca jhāyino; Sammā dhammaṁ vipassanti, kāmesu anapekkhino. [¶110] Delighting in diligence, peaceful, seeing fear in negligence, such a one can’t decline, and has drawn near to extinguishment.” > Pali: Appamādaratā santā, pamāde bhayadassino; Abhabbā parihānāya, nibbānasseva santike”ti. [¶111] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶112] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶113] Iti 46 · The Benefits of Training > Pali: Iti 46 · Sikkhānisaṁsasutta [¶114] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶115] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶116] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶117] “Mendicants, live with training as benefit, with wisdom as overseer, with freedom as core, and with mindfulness as ruler. A mendicant who lives in this way can expect one of two results: enlightenment in this very life, or if there’s residue left behind, non-return.” > Pali: “Sikkhānisaṁsā, bhikkhave, viharatha paññuttarā vimuttisārā satādhipateyyā. Sikkhānisaṁsānaṁ, bhikkhave, viharataṁ paññuttarānaṁ vimuttisārānaṁ satādhipateyyānaṁ dvinnaṁ phalānaṁ aññataraṁ phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā”ti. [¶118] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶119] “The training fulfilled, not liable to decline, overseen by wisdom, seer of rebirth’s end; that sage bears their final body; they have disposed of Māra, I declare, and gone beyond old age. > Pali: “Paripuṇṇasikkhaṁ apahānadhammaṁ, Paññuttaraṁ jātikhayantadassiṁ; Taṁ ve muniṁ antimadehadhāriṁ, Mārañjahaṁ brūmi jarāya pāraguṁ. [¶120] Therefore be always enjoying absorption, immersed in samādhi, energetic, seers of rebirth’s end. Having overcome Māra and his armies, mendicants, go beyond birth and death.” > Pali: Tasmā sadā jhānaratā samāhitā, Ātāpino jātikhayantadassino; Māraṁ sasenaṁ abhibhuyya bhikkhavo, Bhavatha jātimaraṇassa pāragā”ti. [¶121] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶122] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶123] Iti 47 · Wake Up > Pali: Iti 47 · Jāgariyasutta [¶124] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶125] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶126] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶127] “A mendicant should meditate wakeful, mendicants, mindful and aware, joyful and clear, and at times discern the skillful qualities in that state. A mendicant who meditates in this way can expect one of two results: enlightenment in this very life, or if there’s residue left behind, non-return.” > Pali: “Jāgaro cassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sato sampajāno samāhito pamudito vippasanno ca tattha kālavipassī ca kusalesu dhammesu. Jāgarassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viharato satassa sampajānassa samāhitassa pamuditassa vippasannassa tattha kālavipassino kusalesu dhammesu dvinnaṁ phalānaṁ aññataraṁ phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā”ti. [¶128] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶129] “Listen up, wakeful ones! And those asleep, wake up! Wakefulness is better than sleep, the wakeful have nothing to fear. > Pali: “Jāgarantā suṇāthetaṁ, ye suttā te pabujjhatha; Suttā jāgaritaṁ seyyo, natthi jāgarato bhayaṁ. [¶130] Those who are wakeful, mindful and aware, immersed in samādhi, joyful and clear, rightly investigating the Dhamma in good time, at one, would banish the darkness. > Pali: Yo jāgaro ca satimā sampajāno, Samāhito mudito vippasanno ca; Kālena so sammā dhammaṁ parivīmaṁsamāno, Ekodibhūto vihane tamaṁ so. [¶131] That’s why you should apply yourself to wakefulness. A keen and alert mendicant, possessing absorption, having cut the fetter of birth and old age, would experience supreme awakening in this very life.” > Pali: Tasmā have jāgariyaṁ bhajetha, Ātāpī bhikkhu nipako jhānalābhī; Saṁyojanaṁ jātijarāya chetvā, Idheva sambodhimanuttaraṁ phuse”ti. [¶132] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶133] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶134] Iti 48 · Bound for Loss > Pali: Iti 48 · Āpāyikasutta [¶135] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶136] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶137] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶138] “Mendicants, these two are bound for a place of loss, bound for hell, if they don’t give up this fault. What two? Someone who is unchaste, but claims to be chaste; and someone who makes a groundless accusation of unchastity against a person whose chastity is pure. These are the two who are bound for a place of loss, bound for hell, if they don’t give up this fault.” > Pali: “Dveme, bhikkhave, āpāyikā nerayikā idamappahāya. Katame dve? Yo ca abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, yo ca paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carantaṁ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṁseti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve āpāyikā nerayikā idamappahāyā”ti. [¶139] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶140] “A liar goes to hell, as does one who denies what they did. Both are equal in the hereafter, those men of base deeds. > Pali: “Abhūtavādī nirayaṁ upeti, Yo vāpi katvā na karomi cāha; Ubhopi te pecca samā bhavanti, Nihīnakammā manujā parattha. [¶141] Many who wear a scrap of ocher cloth are unrestrained and wicked. Being wicked, they are reborn in hell due to their bad deeds. > Pali: Kāsāvakaṇṭhā bahavo, pāpadhammā asaññatā; Pāpā pāpehi kammehi, nirayaṁ te upapajjare. [¶142] It’d be better for the immoral and unrestrained to eat an iron ball, scorching, like a burning flame, than to eat the nation’s alms.” > Pali: Seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto, tatto aggisikhūpamo; Yañce bhuñjeyya dussīlo, raṭṭhapiṇḍamasaññato”ti. [¶143] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶144] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ. [¶145] Iti 49 · Misconceptions > Pali: Iti 49 · Diṭṭhigatasutta [¶146] The Book of the Twos > Pali: Dukanipāta [¶147] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶148] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶149] “Overcome by two misconceptions, mendicants, some gods and humans get stuck, some overreach, while those with vision see. > Pali: “Dvīhi, bhikkhave, diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhitā devamanussā olīyanti eke, atidhāvanti eke; cakkhumanto ca passanti. [¶150] And how do some get stuck? Gods and humans like clinging, they love it and enjoy it. When the Dhamma is being taught to them for the cessation of existence, their minds do not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided. That is how some get stuck. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, olīyanti eke? Bhavārāmā, bhikkhave, devamanussā bhavaratā bhavasammuditā tesaṁ bhavanirodhāya dhamme desiyamāne cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati nādhimuccati. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, olīyanti eke. [¶151] And how do some overreach? Some, becoming horrified, repelled, and disgusted with existence, delight in nonexistence: ‘When this self is annihilated and destroyed when the body breaks up, and doesn’t exist after death: that is peaceful, that is sublime, that is how it is.’ That is how some overreach. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, atidhāvanti eke? Bhaveneva kho paneke aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā vibhavaṁ abhinandanti— yato kira, bho, ayaṁ attā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṁ maraṇā; etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ etaṁ yāthāvanti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, atidhāvanti eke. [¶152] And how do those with vision see? It’s when a mendicant sees what has come to be as having come to be. Seeing this, they are practicing for disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding what has come to be. That is how those with vision see.” > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, cakkhumanto passanti? Idha bhikkhu bhūtaṁ bhūtato passati; bhūtaṁ bhūtato disvā bhūtassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cakkhumanto passantī”ti. [¶153] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶154] “Those who see what has come to be as having come to be, and see the transcendence of what has come to be, are freed in accord with the truth, with the ending of craving for continued existence. > Pali: “Ye bhūtaṁ bhūtato disvā, bhūtassa ca atikkamaṁ; Yathābhūte vimuccanti, bhavataṇhā parikkhayā. [¶155] They completely understand what has come to be, rid of craving for rebirth in this or that state. When what has come to be ceases to be, a mendicant does not come back to future lives.” > Pali: Sa ve bhūtapariñño so, vītataṇho bhavābhave; Bhūtassa vibhavā bhikkhu, nāgacchati punabbhavan”ti. [¶156] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶157] > Pali: Dvādasamaṁ. [¶158] > Pali: Dutiyo vaggo. [¶159] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶160] > Pali: Dve indriyā dve tapanīyā, sīlena apare duve; Anottāpī kuhanā dve ca, saṁvejanīyena te dasa. [¶161] > Pali: Vitakkā desanā vijjā, paññā dhammena pañcamaṁ; Ajātaṁ dhātusallānaṁ, sikkhā jāgariyena ca; Apāyadiṭṭhiyā ceva, bāvīsati pakāsitāti. [¶162] > Pali: Dukanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶163] Iti 50 · Roots > Pali: Iti 50 · Mūlasutta [¶164] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶165] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶166] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶167] “Mendicants, there are these three unskillful roots. What three? Greed, hate, and delusion. These are the three unskillful roots.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, akusalamūlāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Lobho akusalamūlaṁ, doso akusalamūlaṁ, moho akusalamūlaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi akusalamūlānī”ti. [¶168] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶169] “When greed, hate, and delusion, have arisen inside oneself, they harm a person of wicked heart, as a bamboo is destroyed by its own fruit.” > Pali: “Lobho doso ca moho ca, purisaṁ pāpacetasaṁ; Hiṁsanti attasambhūtā, tacasāraṁva samphalan”ti. [¶170] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶171] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶172] Iti 51 · Elements > Pali: Iti 51 · Dhātusutta [¶173] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶174] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶175] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶176] “Mendicants, there are these three elements. What three? The realm of luminous form, the formless realm, and cessation. These are the three elements.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, dhātuyo. Katamā tisso? Rūpadhātu, arūpadhātu, nirodhadhātu— imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso dhātuyo”ti. [¶177] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶178] “Comprehending the realm of luminous form, not stuck in the formless, those who are released in cessation, they are conquerors of death. > Pali: “Rūpadhātuṁ pariññāya, āruppesu asaṇṭhitā; Nirodhe ye vimuccanti, te janā maccuhāyino. [¶179] Having directly experienced the element free of death, free of attachments; having realized relinquishment of attachments, the undefiled fully awakened Buddha teaches the sorrowless, stainless state.” > Pali: Kāyena amataṁ dhātuṁ, phusayitvā nirūpadhiṁ; Upadhippaṭinissaggaṁ, sacchikatvā anāsavo; Deseti sammāsambuddho, asokaṁ virajaṁ padan”ti. [¶180] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶181] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶182] Iti 52 · Feelings (1st) > Pali: Iti 52 · Paṭhamavedanāsutta [¶183] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶184] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶185] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶186] “Mendicants, there are these three feelings. What three? Pleasant, painful, and neutral feeling. These are the three feelings.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vedanā. Katamā tisso? Sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā— imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso vedanā”ti. [¶187] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶188] “Stilled, aware, a mindful disciple of the Buddha understands feelings, the cause of feelings, > Pali: “Samāhito sampajāno, sato buddhassa sāvako; Vedanā ca pajānāti, vedanānañca sambhavaṁ. [¶189] where they cease, and the path that leads to their ending. With the ending of feelings, a mendicant is hungerless, quenched.” > Pali: Yattha cetā nirujjhanti, maggañca khayagāminaṁ; Vedanānaṁ khayā bhikkhu, nicchāto parinibbuto”ti. [¶190] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶191] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶192] Iti 53 · Feelings (2nd) > Pali: Iti 53 · Dutiyavedanāsutta [¶193] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶194] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶195] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶196] “Mendicants, there are these three feelings. What three? Pleasant, painful, and neutral feeling. Pleasant feeling should be seen as suffering. Painful feeling should be seen as a dart. Neutral feeling should be seen as impermanent. When a mendicant has seen these three feelings in this way, they’re called a noble mendicant who sees rightly, has cut off craving, cast off the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vedanā. Katamā tisso? Sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Sukhā, bhikkhave, vedanā dukkhato daṭṭhabbā; dukkhā vedanā sallato daṭṭhabbā; adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daṭṭhabbā. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato diṭṭhā hoti, dukkhā vedanā sallato diṭṭhā hoti, adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato diṭṭhā hoti; ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ariyo, sammaddaso, acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’”ti. [¶197] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶198] “A mendicant who sees pleasure as pain, and suffering as a dart, and that peaceful, neutral feeling as impermanent > Pali: “Yo sukhaṁ dukkhato adda, Dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; Adukkhamasukhaṁ santaṁ, Adakkhi naṁ aniccato. [¶199] sees rightly. And when freed in regards to that, that peaceful sage, with perfect insight, has truly slipped their yokes.” > Pali: Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu, yato tattha vimuccati; Abhiññāvosito santo, sa ve yogātigo munī”ti. [¶200] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶201] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶202] Iti 54 · Searches (1st) > Pali: Iti 54 · Paṭhamaesanāsutta [¶203] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶204] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶205] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶206] “Mendicants, there are these three searches. What three? The search for sensual pleasures, the search for continued existence, and the search for a spiritual path. These are the three searches.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, esanā. Katamā tisso? Kāmesanā, bhavesanā, brahmacariyesanā— imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso esanā”ti. [¶207] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶208] “Stilled, aware, a mindful disciple of the Buddha understands searches, the cause of searches, > Pali: “Samāhito sampajāno, sato buddhassa sāvako; Esanā ca pajānāti, esanānañca sambhavaṁ. [¶209] where they cease, and the path that leads to their ending. With the ending of searches, a mendicant is hungerless, quenched.” > Pali: Yattha cetā nirujjhanti, maggañca khayagāminaṁ; Esanānaṁ khayā bhikkhu, nicchāto parinibbuto”ti. [¶210] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶211] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶212] Iti 55 · Searches (2nd) > Pali: Iti 55 · Dutiyaesanāsutta [¶213] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶214] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶215] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶216] “Mendicants, there are these three searches. What three? The search for sensual pleasures, the search for continued existence, and the search for a spiritual path. These are the three searches.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, esanā. Katamā tisso? Kāmesanā, bhavesanā, brahmacariyesanā— imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso esanā”ti. [¶217] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶218] “The search for sensual pleasures, for continued existence, and the search for a spiritual path; the holding tight to the thought, ‘this is the truth’, and the mass of grounds for views— > Pali: “Kāmesanā bhavesanā, brahmacariyesanā saha; Iti saccaparāmāso, diṭṭhiṭṭhānā samussayā. [¶219] for one detached from all lusts, freed by the ending of craving, that searching has been relinquished, and those grounds for views eradicated. With the ending of searches, a mendicant is free of hope and indecision.” > Pali: Sabbarāgavirattassa, taṇhakkhayavimuttino; Esanā paṭinissaṭṭhā, diṭṭhiṭṭhānā samūhatā; Esanānaṁ khayā bhikkhu, nirāso akathaṅkathī”ti. [¶220] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶221] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶222] Iti 56 · Defilements (1st) > Pali: Iti 56 · Paṭhamaāsavasutta [¶223] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶224] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶225] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶226] “Mendicants, there are these three defilements. What three? The defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance. These are the three defilements.” > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, āsavā. Katame tayo? Kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, avijjāsavo— ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo āsavā”ti. [¶227] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶228] “Stilled, aware, a mindful disciple of the Buddha understands defilements, the cause of defilements, > Pali: “Samāhito sampajāno, sato buddhassa sāvako; Āsave ca pajānāti, āsavānañca sambhavaṁ. [¶229] where they cease, and the path that leads to their ending. With the ending of defilements, a mendicant is hungerless, quenched.” > Pali: Yattha cetā nirujjhanti, maggañca khayagāminaṁ; Āsavānaṁ khayā bhikkhu, nicchāto parinibbuto”ti. [¶230] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶231] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶232] Iti 57 · Defilements (2nd) > Pali: Iti 57 · Dutiyaāsavasutta [¶233] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶234] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶235] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶236] “Mendicants, there are these three defilements. What three? The defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance. These are the three defilements.” > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, āsavā. Katame tayo? Kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, avijjāsavo— ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo āsavā”ti. [¶237] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶238] “One who has ended the defilement of sensuality, whose ignorance has faded away, and whose desire to be reborn is finished— liberated, free of attachments, they bear their final body, having vanquished Māra with his legions.” > Pali: “Yassa kāmāsavo khīṇo, avijjā ca virājitā; Bhavāsavo parikkhīṇo, vippamutto nirūpadhi; Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, jetvā māraṁ savāhinin”ti. [¶239] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶240] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶241] Iti 58 · Craving > Pali: Iti 58 · Taṇhāsutta [¶242] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶243] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶244] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶245] “Mendicants, there are these three cravings. What three? Craving for sensual pleasures, craving for continued existence, and craving for nonexistence. These are the three cravings.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, taṇhā. Katamā tisso? Kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā— imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso taṇhā”ti. [¶246] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶247] “Bound by craving, minds full of desire for rebirth in this or that state, yoked by Māra’s yoke, these people find no sanctuary from the yoke. Sentient beings continue to transmigrate, with ongoing birth and death. > Pali: “Taṇhāyogena saṁyuttā, rattacittā bhavābhave; Te yogayuttā mārassa, ayogakkhemino janā; Sattā gacchanti saṁsāraṁ, jātīmaraṇagāmino. [¶248] Those who have given up craving, rid of craving for rebirth in this or that state, they in this world have truly crossed over, having reached the ending of defilements.” > Pali: Ye ca taṇhaṁ pahantvāna, vītataṇhā bhavābhave; Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, ye pattā āsavakkhayan”ti. [¶249] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶250] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶251] Iti 59 · Māra’s Dominion > Pali: Iti 59 · Māradheyyasutta [¶252] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶253] Chapter One > Pali: Paṭhamavagga [¶254] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶255] “Mendicants, a mendicant with three qualities has slipped free of Māra’s dominion and dazzles like the sun. What three? It’s when they have the entire spectrum of the adept’s ethics, immersion, and wisdom. A mendicant with these three qualities has slipped free of Māra’s dominion and dazzles like the sun.” > Pali: “Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu atikkamma māradheyyaṁ ādiccova virocati. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti— imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu atikkamma māradheyyaṁ ādiccova virocatī”ti. [¶256] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶257] “Whoever has well developed ethics, immersion, and wisdom has slipped free of Māra’s dominion and dazzles like the sun.” > Pali: “Sīlaṁ samādhi paññā ca, yassa ete subhāvitā; Atikkamma māradheyyaṁ, ādiccova virocatī”ti. [¶258] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶259] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶260] > Pali: Paṭhamo vaggo. [¶261] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶262] > Pali: Mūladhātu atha vedanā duve, Esanā ca duve āsavā duve; Taṇhāto ca atha māradheyyato, Vaggamāhu paṭhamanti muttamanti. [¶263] Iti 60 · Grounds for Making Merit > Pali: Iti 60 · Puññakiriyavatthusutta [¶264] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶265] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶266] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶267] “Mendicants, there are these three grounds for making merit. What three? Giving, ethical conduct, and meditation are all grounds for making merit. These are the three grounds for making merit.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, puññakiriyavatthūni. Katamāni tīṇi? Dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūnī”ti. [¶268] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶269] “One should practice only good deeds, whose happy outcome stretches ahead. Giving and moral conduct, developing a mind of love: > Pali: “Puññameva so sikkheyya, āyataggaṁ sukhudrayaṁ; Dānañca samacariyañca, mettacittañca bhāvaye. [¶270] having developed these three things yielding happiness, that astute one is reborn in a happy, pleasing world.” > Pali: Ete dhamme bhāvayitvā, tayo sukhasamuddaye; Abyābajjhaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ, paṇḍito upapajjatī”ti. [¶271] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶272] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶273] Iti 61 · The Eye > Pali: Iti 61 · Cakkhusutta [¶274] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶275] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶276] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶277] “Mendicants, there are these three eyes. What three? The eye of the flesh, the eye of clairvoyance, and the eye of wisdom. These are the three eyes.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, cakkhūni. Katamāni tīṇi? Maṁsacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhu— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi cakkhūnī”ti. [¶278] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶279] “The eye of flesh, the clairvoyant eye, the supreme eye of wisdom: these three eyes were taught by the supreme person. > Pali: “Maṁsacakkhu dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhu anuttaraṁ; Etāni tīṇi cakkhūni, akkhāsi purisuttamo. [¶280] The arising of the eye of flesh is the path to the clairvoyant eye. When knowledge arises— the supreme eye of wisdom— one who gains that eye is released from all suffering.” > Pali: Maṁsacakkhussa uppādo, maggo dibbassa cakkhuno; Yato ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññācakkhu anuttaraṁ; Yassa cakkhussa paṭilābhā, sabbadukkhā pamuccatī”ti. [¶281] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶282] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶283] Iti 62 · Faculties > Pali: Iti 62 · Indriyasutta [¶284] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶285] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶286] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶287] “Mendicants, there are these three faculties. What three? The faculty of understanding that enlightenment is imminent. The faculty of enlightenment. The faculty of one who is enlightened. These are the three faculties.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṁ, aññindriyaṁ, aññātāvindriyaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi indriyānī”ti. [¶288] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶289] “As a trainee trains, following the straight road, first they know about ending; enlightenment follows without delay. > Pali: “Sekhassa sikkhamānassa, ujumaggānusārino; Khayasmiṁ paṭhamaṁ ñāṇaṁ, tato aññā anantarā. [¶290] Then the knowledge comes to such a one, freed through enlightenment, with the end of the fetters of continued existence: ‘My freedom is unshakable.’ > Pali: Tato aññāvimuttassa, ñāṇaṁ ve hoti tādino; Akuppā me vimuttīti, bhavasaṁyojanakkhayā. [¶291] Accomplished in the faculties, peaceful, in love with the state of peace, they bear their final body, having vanquished Māra with his legions.” > Pali: Sa ve indriyasampanno, santo santipade rato; Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, jetvā māraṁ savāhinin”ti. [¶292] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶293] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶294] Iti 63 · Periods > Pali: Iti 63 · Addhāsutta [¶295] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶296] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶297] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶298] “Mendicants, there are these three periods. What three? Past, future, and present. These are the three periods.” > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, addhā. Katame tayo? Atīto addhā, anāgato addhā, paccuppanno addhā— ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo addhā”ti. [¶299] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶300] “Sentient beings who perceive the communicable, become established in the communicable. Not understanding the communicable, they fall under the yoke of Death. > Pali: “Akkheyyasaññino sattā, akkheyyasmiṁ patiṭṭhitā; Akkheyyaṁ apariññāya, yogamāyanti maccuno. [¶301] But having fully understood the communicable, they don’t conceive a communicator, as they’ve touched liberation with their mind, the supreme state of peace. > Pali: Akkheyyañca pariññāya, akkhātāraṁ na maññati; Phuṭṭho vimokkho manasā, santipadamanuttaraṁ. [¶302] Accomplished in the communicable, peaceful, in love with the state of peace; one who makes use after appraisal, firm in principle, a knowledge master cannot be reckoned.” > Pali: Sa ve akkheyyasampanno, santo santipade rato; Saṅkhāya sevī dhammaṭṭho, saṅkhyaṁ nopeti vedagū”ti. [¶303] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶304] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶305] Iti 64 · Bad Conduct > Pali: Iti 64 · Duccaritasutta [¶306] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶307] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶308] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶309] “Mendicants, there are these three kinds of bad conduct. What three? Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. These are the three kinds of bad conduct.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, duccaritāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi duccaritānī”ti. [¶310] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶311] “Having done bad things by way of body, speech, and mind, and whatever else is corrupt; > Pali: “Kāyaduccaritaṁ katvā, vacīduccaritāni ca; Manoduccaritaṁ katvā, yañcaññaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. [¶312] not having done good deeds, and having done many bad, when their body breaks up, that witless person is reborn in hell.” > Pali: Akatvā kusalaṁ kammaṁ, katvānākusalaṁ bahuṁ; Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṁ sopapajjatī”ti. [¶313] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶314] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶315] Iti 65 · Good Conduct > Pali: Iti 65 · Sucaritasutta [¶316] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶317] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶318] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶319] “Mendicants, there are these kinds of good conduct. What three? Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. These are the three kinds of good conduct.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, sucaritāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi sucaritānī”ti. [¶320] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶321] “Having given up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and whatever else is corrupt; > Pali: “Kāyaduccaritaṁ hitvā, vacīduccaritāni ca; Manoduccaritaṁ hitvā, yañcaññaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. [¶322] not having done bad deeds, and having done many good, when their body breaks up, that wise person is reborn in heaven.” > Pali: Akatvākusalaṁ kammaṁ, katvāna kusalaṁ bahuṁ; Kāyassa bhedā sappañño, saggaṁ so upapajjatī”ti. [¶323] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶324] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶325] Iti 66 · Purity > Pali: Iti 66 · Soceyyasutta [¶326] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶327] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶328] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶329] “Mendicants, there are these three kinds of purity. What three? Purity of body, speech, and mind. These are the three kinds of purity.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, soceyyāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyasoceyyaṁ, vacīsoceyyaṁ, manosoceyyaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi soceyyānī”ti. [¶330] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶331] “Purity of body, purity of speech, and undefiled purity of heart. A pure one, blessed with purity, has given up everything, they say.” > Pali: “Kāyasuciṁ vacīsuciṁ, cetosucimanāsavaṁ; Suciṁ soceyyasampannaṁ, āhu sabbappahāyinan”ti. [¶332] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶333] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶334] Iti 67 · Sagacity > Pali: Iti 67 · Moneyyasutta [¶335] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶336] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶337] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶338] “Mendicants, there are these three kinds of sagacity. What three? Sagacity of body, speech, and mind. These are the three kinds of sagacity.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, moneyyāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyamoneyyaṁ, vacīmoneyyaṁ, manomoneyyaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi moneyyānī”ti. [¶339] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶340] “A sage in body, a sage in speech, a sage undefiled in mind; a sage, blessed with sagacity, has washed off all bad things, they say.” > Pali: “Kāyamuniṁ vacīmuniṁ, manomunimanāsavaṁ; Muniṁ moneyyasampannaṁ, āhu ninhātapāpakan”ti. [¶341] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶342] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶343] Iti 68 · Greed (1st) > Pali: Iti 68 · Paṭhamarāgasutta [¶344] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶345] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶346] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶347] “Whoever has not given up greed, hate, and delusion is said to be trapped. They’re caught in Māra’s snare, and the Wicked One can do with them what he wants. Whoever has given up greed, hate, and delusion is said to be free. They’re released from Māra’s snare, and the Wicked One cannot do with them what he wants.” > Pali: “Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, rāgo appahīno, doso appahīno, moho appahīno— ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘baddho mārassa paṭimukkassa mārapāso yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato’. Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, rāgo pahīno, doso pahīno, moho pahīno— ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘abaddho mārassa omukkassa mārapāso na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato’”ti. [¶348] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶349] “Those in whom greed, hate, and ignorance have faded away, belong with those who are evolved; A manifestation of divinity, realized, awakened, beyond enmities and fears, they’ve given up everything, they say.” > Pali: “Yassa rāgo ca doso ca, avijjā ca virājitā; Taṁ bhāvitattaññataraṁ, brahmabhūtaṁ tathāgataṁ; Buddhaṁ verabhayātītaṁ, āhu sabbappahāyinan”ti. [¶350] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶351] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶352] Iti 69 · Greed (2nd) > Pali: Iti 69 · Dutiyarāgasutta [¶353] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶354] Chapter Two > Pali: Dutiyavagga [¶355] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶356] “Whoever has not given up greed, hate, and delusion is said to have not crossed over the ocean with its waves and whirlpools, its saltwater crocodiles and monsters. Whoever has given up greed, hate, and delusion is said to have crossed over the ocean with its waves and whirlpools, its saltwater crocodiles and monsters. Crossed over and gone to the far shore, that brahmin stands on solid ground.” > Pali: “Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā rāgo appahīno, doso appahīno, moho appahīno— ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘atiṇṇo samuddaṁ saūmiṁ savīciṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagahaṁ sarakkhasaṁ’. Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā rāgo pahīno, doso pahīno, moho pahīno— ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘atari samuddaṁ saūmiṁ savīciṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagahaṁ sarakkhasaṁ, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo’”ti. [¶357] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶358] “Those in whom greed, hate, and ignorance have faded away, have crossed the ocean so hard to cross, with its saltwater crocodiles and monsters, its waves and dangers. > Pali: “Yassa rāgo ca doso ca, Avijjā ca virājitā; Somaṁ samuddaṁ sagahaṁ sarakkhasaṁ, Saūmibhayaṁ duttaraṁ accatāri. [¶359] They’ve slipped their chains, given up death, and have no attachments. They’ve given up suffering, so there are no more future lives. They’ve disappeared and cannot be defined; they’ve confounded the King of Death, I say.” > Pali: Saṅgātigo maccujaho nirūpadhi, Pahāsi dukkhaṁ apunabbhavāya; Atthaṅgato so na pamāṇameti, Amohayi maccurājanti brūmī”ti. [¶360] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶361] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶362] > Pali: Dutiyo vaggo. [¶363] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶364] > Pali: Puññaṁ cakkhu atha indriyāni, Addhā ca caritaṁ duve soci; Muno atha rāgaduve, Puna vaggamāhu dutiyamuttamanti. ## 3. Iti 70–88 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/3/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/3/#p-N [¶0] Iti 70 · Having Wrong View > Pali: Iti 70 · Micchādiṭṭhikasutta [¶1] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶2] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶3] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶4] “Mendicants, I’ve seen beings who engaged in misconduct by body, speech, and mind, who denounced the noble ones, who had wrong views and acted accordingly. At the breaking up of the body, after death, they were reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. [¶5] Now, I don’t say this because I’ve heard it from some other ascetic or brahmin. I only say it because I’ve known, seen, and realized it for myself.” > Pali: Taṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nāññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sutvā vadāmi. Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Api ca, bhikkhave, yadeva sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadevāhaṁ vadāmi. [¶6] > Pali: Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā”ti. [¶7] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶8] “When the mind has been misdirected, and words wrongly spoken, and wrong bodily deeds have been done, an individual here > Pali: “Micchā manaṁ paṇidhāya, micchā vācañca bhāsiya; Micchā kammāni katvāna, kāyena idha puggalo. [¶9] unlearned, doer of bad deeds, though their life may be short, when their body breaks up, that witless person is reborn in hell.” > Pali: Appassutāpuññakaro, appasmiṁ idha jīvite; Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṁ sopapajjatī”ti. [¶10] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶11] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶12] Iti 71 · Having Right View > Pali: Iti 71 · Sammādiṭṭhikasutta [¶13] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶14] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶15] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶16] “Mendicants, I’ve seen beings who engaged in good conduct of body, speech, and mind, who did not denounce the noble ones, who held right view and acted accordingly. At the breaking up of the body, after death, they were reborn in a good destination, a heavenly realm. > Pali: “Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. [¶17] Now, I don’t say this because I’ve heard it from some other ascetic or brahmin. I only say it because I’ve known, seen, and realized it for myself.” > Pali: Taṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nāññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sutvā vadāmi. Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. Api ca, bhikkhave, yadeva sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadevāhaṁ vadāmi. [¶18] > Pali: Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti. [¶19] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶20] “When the mind has been directed right, and words rightly spoken, and right bodily deeds have been done, an individual here > Pali: “Sammā manaṁ paṇidhāya, sammā vācañca bhāsiya; Sammā kammāni katvāna, kāyena idha puggalo. [¶21] learned, doer of good deeds, though their life may be short, when their body breaks up, that wise person is reborn in heaven.” > Pali: Bahussuto puññakaro, appasmiṁ idha jīvite; Kāyassa bhedā sappañño, saggaṁ so upapajjatī”ti. [¶22] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶23] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶24] Iti 72 · Elements of Escape > Pali: Iti 72 · Nissaraṇiyasutta [¶25] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶26] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶27] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶28] “Mendicants, there are these three elements of escape. What three? Renunciation is the escape from sensual pleasures. Formlessness is the escape from form. Cessation is the escape from whatever is created, conditioned, and dependently originated. These are the three elements of escape.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, nissaraṇiyā dhātuyo. Katamā tisso? Kāmānametaṁ nissaraṇaṁ yadidaṁ nekkhammaṁ, rūpānametaṁ nissaraṇaṁ yadidaṁ āruppaṁ, yaṁ kho pana kiñci bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ paṭiccasamuppannaṁ nirodho tassa nissaraṇaṁ— imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso nissaraṇiyā dhātuyo”ti. [¶29] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶30] “Knowing the escape from sensuality, and form’s transcendence, one always keen touches the stilling of all activities. > Pali: “Kāmanissaraṇaṁ ñatvā, rūpānañca atikkamaṁ; Sabbasaṅkhārasamathaṁ, phusaṁ ātāpi sabbadā. [¶31] That mendicant sees rightly, and when freed in regards to that, that peaceful sage, with perfect insight, has truly slipped their yoke.” > Pali: Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu, yato tattha vimuccati; Abhiññāvosito santo, sa ve yogātigo munī”ti. [¶32] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶33] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶34] Iti 73 · More Peaceful > Pali: Iti 73 · Santatarasutta [¶35] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶36] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶37] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶38] “Mendicants, formless states are more peaceful than states of form; cessation is more peaceful than formless states.” > Pali: “Rūpehi, bhikkhave, arūpā santatarā, arūpehi nirodho santataro”ti. [¶39] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶40] “There are beings in the realm of luminous form, and others stuck in the formless. Not understanding cessation, they return in future lives. > Pali: “Ye ca rūpūpagā sattā, ye ca arūpaṭṭhāyino; Nirodhaṁ appajānantā, āgantāro punabbhavaṁ. [¶41] But the people who completely understand form, not stuck in the formless, released in cessation— they are conquerors of death. > Pali: Ye ca rūpe pariññāya, arūpesu asaṇṭhitā; Nirodhe ye vimuccanti, te janā maccuhāyino. [¶42] Having directly experienced the element free of death, free of attachments; having realized relinquishment of attachments, the undefiled fully awakened Buddha teaches the sorrowless, stainless state.” > Pali: Kāyena amatadhātuṁ, phusayitvā nirūpadhiṁ; Upadhippaṭinissaggaṁ, sacchikatvā anāsavo; Deseti sammāsambuddho, asokaṁ virajaṁ padan”ti. [¶43] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶44] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶45] Iti 74 · A Child > Pali: Iti 74 · Puttasutta [¶46] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶47] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶48] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶49] “These three kinds of children are found in the world. What three? One who betters their birth, one who equals their birth, one who fails their birth. > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, puttā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. Katame tayo? Atijāto, anujāto, avajātoti. [¶50] And how does a child better their birth? It’s when a child’s parents have not gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, and consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. They’re immoral, of bad character. But their child has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. They’re ethical, of good character. That’s how a child betters their birth. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, putto atijāto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, puttassa mātāpitaro honti— na buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, na dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, na saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā; pāṇātipātā appaṭiviratā, adinnādānā appaṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā appaṭiviratā, musāvādā appaṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā appaṭiviratā, dussīlā pāpadhammā. Putto ca nesaṁ hoti— buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato; pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, putto atijāto hoti. [¶51] And how does a child equal their birth? It’s when a child’s parents have gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. They’re ethical, of good character. And their child has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. They’re ethical, of good character. That’s how a child equals their birth. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, putto anujāto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, puttassa mātāpitaro honti— buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā; pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā, adinnādānā paṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā, musāvādā paṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Puttopi nesaṁ hoti— buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato; pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, putto anujāto hoti. [¶52] And how does a child fail their birth? It’s when a child’s parents have gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. They’re ethical, of good character. But their child has not gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, and consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. They’re immoral, of bad character. That’s how a child fails their birth. These are the three kinds of children found in the world.” > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, putto avajāto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, puttassa mātāpitaro honti— buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā; pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā, adinnādānā paṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā, musāvādā paṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Putto ca nesaṁ hoti— na buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato, na dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato, na saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato; pāṇātipātā appaṭivirato, adinnādānā appaṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā appaṭivirato, musāvādā appaṭivirato, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā appaṭivirato, dussīlo pāpadhammo. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, putto avajāto hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puttā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. [¶53] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶54] “The astute wish for a child who betters or equals their birth; not one who fails their birth, disgracing their family. > Pali: “Atijātaṁ anujātaṁ, puttamicchanti paṇḍitā; Avajātaṁ na icchanti, yo hoti kulagandhano. [¶55] These are the children in the world who become lay devotees; faithful, accomplished in ethics, bountiful, rid of stinginess. Like the moon freed from clouds, they dazzle in the assemblies.” > Pali: Ete kho puttā lokasmiṁ, ye bhavanti upāsakā; Saddhā sīlena sampannā, vadaññū vītamaccharā; Cando abbhaghanā mutto, parisāsu virocare”ti. [¶56] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶57] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶58] Iti 75 · A Rainless Cloud > Pali: Iti 75 · Avuṭṭhikasutta [¶59] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶60] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶61] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶62] “Mendicants, these three individuals are found in the world. What three? One like a rainless cloud, one who rains locally, one who rains all over. > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. Katame tayo? Avuṭṭhikasamo, padesavassī, sabbatthābhivassī. [¶63] And how is an individual like a rainless cloud? It’s when an individual doesn’t give to anyone at all—whether ascetics and brahmins, paupers, vagrants, supplicants, or beggars—such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. That’s how an individual is like a rainless cloud. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo avuṭṭhikasamo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbesaññeva na dātā hoti, samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavanibbakayācakānaṁ annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo avuṭṭhikasamo hoti. [¶64] And how does an individual rain locally? It’s when an individual gives to some but not to others—whether ascetics and brahmins, paupers, vagrants, supplicants, or beggars—such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. That’s how an individual rains locally. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo padesavassī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ekaccānaṁ dātā hoti, ekaccānaṁ na dātā hoti samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavanibbakayācakānaṁ annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo padesavassī hoti. [¶65] And how does an individual rain all over? It’s when an individual gives to everyone—whether ascetics and brahmins, paupers, vagrants, supplicants, or beggars—such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. That’s how an individual rains all over. These are the three individuals found in the world.” > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo sabbatthābhivassī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbesaṁva deti, samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavanibbakayācakānaṁ annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo sabbatthābhivassī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. [¶66] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶67] “They don’t share the food and drink they have acquired with ascetics or brahmins, with paupers, vagrants, or supplicants. They’re like a rainless cloud, they say, the meanest of men. > Pali: “Na samaṇe na brāhmaṇe, Na kapaṇaddhikavanibbake; Laddhāna saṁvibhājeti, Annaṁ pānañca bhojanaṁ; Taṁ ve avuṭṭhikasamoti, Āhu naṁ purisādhamaṁ. [¶68] They don’t give to some, to some they provide. They rain locally, so say the wise. > Pali: Ekaccānaṁ na dadāti, ekaccānaṁ pavecchati; Taṁ ve padesavassīti, āhu medhāvino janā. [¶69] Compassionate for all beings, that person distributes abundant food upon request, saying, ‘Give! Give!’ > Pali: Subhikkhavāco puriso, sabbabhūtānukampako; Āmodamāno pakireti, detha dethāti bhāsati. [¶70] The rain cloud rains forth, having thundered and roared, drenching the earth with water, soaking the uplands and valleys. > Pali: Yathāpi megho thanayitvā, gajjayitvā pavassati; Thalaṁ ninnañca pūreti, abhisandantova vārinā. [¶71] Even so, such an individual, having accumulated wealth by legitimate means, through their own hard work, rightly satisfies with food and drink those who have become supplicants.” > Pali: Evamevaṁ idhekacco, puggalo hoti tādiso; Dhammena saṁharitvāna, uṭṭhānādhigataṁ dhanaṁ; Tappeti annapānena, sammā patte vanibbake”ti. [¶72] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶73] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶74] Iti 76 · Wishing for Happiness > Pali: Iti 76 · Sukhapatthanāsutta [¶75] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶76] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶77] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶78] “Mendicants, an astute person who wishes for three kinds of happiness should take care of their ethics. What three? ‘May I be praised!’ ‘May I become rich!’ ‘When my body breaks up, after death, may I be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm!’ An astute person who wishes for these three kinds of happiness should protect their precepts.” > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni patthayamāno sīlaṁ rakkheyya paṇḍito. Katamāni tīṇi? Pasaṁsā me āgacchatūti sīlaṁ rakkheyya paṇḍito, bhogā me uppajjantūti sīlaṁ rakkheyya paṇḍito, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmīti sīlaṁ rakkheyya paṇḍito. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi sukhāni patthayamāno sīlaṁ rakkheyya paṇḍito”ti. [¶79] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶80] “Wishing for three kinds of happiness— praise, prosperity, and to delight in heaven after passing away— the wise would take care of their ethics. > Pali: “Sīlaṁ rakkheyya medhāvī, patthayāno tayo sukhe; Pasaṁsaṁ vittalābhañca, pecca sagge pamodanaṁ. [¶81] Though you do no wrong, if you associate with one who does, you’re suspected of wrong, and your disrepute grows. > Pali: Akarontopi ce pāpaṁ, karontamupasevati; Saṅkiyo hoti pāpasmiṁ, avaṇṇo cassa rūhati. [¶82] Whatever kind of friend you make, with whom you associate, that’s how you become, for so it is when you share your life. > Pali: Yādisaṁ kurute mittaṁ, yādisaṁ cūpasevati; Sa ve tādisako hoti, sahavāso hi tādiso. [¶83] The one who associates and the one associated with, the one contacted and the one who contacts another, are like an arrow smeared with poison that contaminates the quiver. The attentive, fearing contamination, would never have wicked comrades. > Pali: Sevamāno sevamānaṁ, samphuṭṭho samphusaṁ paraṁ; Saro diddho kalāpaṁva, alittamupalimpati; Upalepabhayā dhīro, neva pāpasakhā siyā. [¶84] A man who wraps putrid fish in blades of grass makes the grass stink— so it is when associating with fools. > Pali: Pūtimacchaṁ kusaggena, yo naro upanayhati; Kusāpi pūti vāyanti, evaṁ bālūpasevanā. [¶85] But one who wraps sandalwood incense in leaves makes the leaves fragrant— so it is when associating with the attentive. > Pali: Tagarañca palāsena, yo naro upanayhati; Pattāpi surabhi vāyanti, evaṁ dhīrūpasevanā. [¶86] So, knowing they’ll end up like the wrapping, the astute would shun the wicked, and befriend the good. The wicked lead you to hell, the good help you to a good place.” > Pali: Tasmā pattapuṭasseva, ñatvā sampākamattano; Asante nupaseveyya, sante seveyya paṇḍito; Asanto nirayaṁ nenti, santo pāpenti suggatin”ti. [¶87] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶88] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶89] Iti 77 · Fragile > Pali: Iti 77 · Bhidurasutta [¶90] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶91] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶92] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶93] “This body is fragile, mendicants, consciousness is liable to fade away, and all attachments are impermanent, suffering, and perishable.” > Pali: “Bhidurāyaṁ, bhikkhave, kāyo, viññāṇaṁ virāgadhammaṁ, sabbe upadhī aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā”ti. [¶94] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶95] “Knowing that the body is fragile, that consciousness is faded, and seeing the danger in attachments, they go beyond birth and death. Having attained ultimate peace, evolved, they await their time.” > Pali: “Kāyañca bhiduraṁ ñatvā, Viññāṇañca virāgunaṁ; Upadhīsu bhayaṁ disvā, Jātimaraṇamaccagā; Sampatvā paramaṁ santiṁ, Kālaṁ kaṅkhati bhāvitatto”ti. [¶96] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶97] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶98] Iti 78 · Converging Elements > Pali: Iti 78 · Dhātusosaṁsandanasutta [¶99] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶100] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶101] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶102] “Mendicants, sentient beings join together and converge because of an element: Those who have inferior convictions join together and converge with those who have inferior convictions. Those who have good convictions join together and converge with those who have good convictions. > Pali: “Dhātuso, bhikkhave, sattā sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandanti samenti. Hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandanti samenti, kalyāṇādhimuttikā sattā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandanti samenti. [¶103] In the past … > Pali: Atītampi, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandiṁsu samiṁsu. Hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandiṁsu samiṁsu, kalyāṇādhimuttikā sattā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandiṁsu samiṁsu. [¶104] In the future … > Pali: Anāgatampi, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandissanti samessanti. Hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandissanti samessanti, kalyāṇādhimuttikā sattā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandissanti samessanti. [¶105] At present, too, sentient beings join together and converge because of an element. Those who have inferior convictions join together and converge with those who have inferior convictions. Those who have good convictions join together and converge with those who have good convictions.” > Pali: Etarahipi, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṁ addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandanti samenti. Hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandanti samenti, kalyāṇādhimuttikā sattā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi sattehi saddhiṁ saṁsandanti samentī”ti. [¶106] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶107] “Socializing creates a snarl; they’re cut off by being aloof. If you’re lost in the middle of a great sea, and you clamber up on a little log, you’ll sink. > Pali: “Saṁsaggā vanatho jāto, asaṁsaggena chijjati; Parittaṁ dārumāruyha, yathā sīde mahaṇṇave. [¶108] So too, a person who lives well sinks by relying on a lazy person. Hence you should avoid such a lazy person who lacks energy. > Pali: Evaṁ kusītamāgamma, sādhujīvīpi sīdati; Tasmā taṁ parivajjeyya, kusītaṁ hīnavīriyaṁ. [¶109] Dwell with the noble ones who are secluded and determined constantly energetic, the astute who practice absorption.” > Pali: Pavivittehi ariyehi, pahitattehi jhāyibhi; Niccaṁ āraddhaviriyehi, paṇḍitehi sahāvase”ti. [¶110] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶111] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶112] Iti 79 · Decline > Pali: Iti 79 · Parihānasutta [¶113] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶114] Chapter Three > Pali: Tatiyavagga [¶115] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶116] “These three things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What three? It’s when a mendicant relishes work, talk, and sleep. These three things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame tayo? Idha, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu kammārāmo hoti, kammarato, kammārāmatamanuyutto; bhassārāmo hoti, bhassarato, bhassārāmatamanuyutto; niddārāmo hoti, niddārato, niddārāmatamanuyutto. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. [¶117] These three things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What three? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t relish work, talk, and sleep. These three things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee.” > Pali: Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame tayo? Idha, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu na kammārāmo hoti, na kammarato, na kammārāmatamanuyutto; na bhassārāmo hoti, na bhassarato, na bhassārāmatamanuyutto; na niddārāmo hoti, na niddārato, na niddārāmatamanuyutto. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti. [¶118] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶119] “Restless, they relish work, talk, and sleep. Such a mendicant is incapable of experiencing the highest awakening. > Pali: “Kammārāmo bhassārāmo, Niddārāmo ca uddhato; Abhabbo tādiso bhikkhu, Phuṭṭhuṁ sambodhimuttamaṁ. [¶120] That’s why one ought have few duties, being wakeful not restless. Such a mendicant is capable of experiencing the highest awakening.” > Pali: Tasmā hi appakiccassa, Appamiddho anuddhato; Bhabbo so tādiso bhikkhu, Phuṭṭhuṁ sambodhimuttaman”ti. [¶121] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶122] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶123] > Pali: Tatiyo vaggo. [¶124] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶125] > Pali: Dve diṭṭhī nissaraṇaṁ rūpaṁ, putto avuṭṭhikena ca; Sukhā ca bhiduro dhātu, parihānena te dasāti. [¶126] Iti 80 · Thoughts > Pali: Iti 80 · Vitakkasutta [¶127] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶128] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶129] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶130] “Mendicants, there are these three unskillful thoughts. What three? The thought of status; of getting material things, honor, and popularity; and of fondness for others. These are the three unskillful thoughts.” > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, akusalavitakkā. Katame tayo? Anavaññattipaṭisaṁyutto vitakko, lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaṁyutto vitakko, parānuddayatāpaṭisaṁyutto vitakko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo akusalavitakkā”ti. [¶131] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶132] “One concerned with being looked up to, with possessions, honor, and respect, with sharing joys with friends, is far from the ending of fetters. > Pali: “Anavaññattisaṁyutto, lābhasakkāragāravo; Sahanandī amaccehi, ārā saṁyojanakkhayā. [¶133] But one who gives up children and herds, marriage and acquisitions— such a mendicant is capable of experiencing the highest awakening.” > Pali: Yo ca puttapasuṁ hitvā, Vivāhe saṁharāni ca; Bhabbo so tādiso bhikkhu, Phuṭṭhuṁ sambodhimuttaman”ti. [¶134] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶135] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶136] Iti 81 · Esteem > Pali: Iti 81 · Sakkārasutta [¶137] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶138] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶139] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶140] “I’ve seen, mendicants, sentient beings whose minds are overcome and overwhelmed by honor. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā sakkārena abhibhūtā, pariyādinnacittā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. [¶141] I’ve seen sentient beings whose minds are overcome and overwhelmed by not being honored. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā asakkārena abhibhūtā, pariyādinnacittā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. [¶142] I’ve seen sentient beings whose minds are overcome and overwhelmed by both honor and by not being honored. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā sakkārena ca asakkārena ca tadubhayena abhibhūtā, pariyādinnacittā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. [¶143] Now, I don’t say this because I’ve heard it from some other ascetic or brahmin. I only say it because I’ve known, seen, and realized it for myself.” > Pali: Taṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nāññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sutvā vadāmi; (…) api ca, bhikkhave, yadeva me sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tamevāhaṁ vadāmi. [¶144] > Pali: Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā sakkārena abhibhūtā, pariyādinnacittā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. [¶145] > Pali: Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā asakkārena abhibhūtā, pariyādinnacittā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. [¶146] > Pali: Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, sattā sakkārena ca asakkārena ca tadubhayena abhibhūtā, pariyādinnacittā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā”ti. [¶147] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶148] “Whether they’re honored or not honored, or both, their immersion doesn’t waver as they abide in the immeasurables. > Pali: “Yassa sakkariyamānassa, asakkārena cūbhayaṁ; Samādhi na vikampati, appamādavihārino. [¶149] They persistently practice absorption with subtle view and discernment. Rejoicing in the ending of grasping, they’re said to be a true person.” > Pali: Taṁ jhāyinaṁ sātatikaṁ, sukhumadiṭṭhivipassakaṁ; Upādānakkhayārāmaṁ, āhu sappuriso itī”ti. [¶150] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶151] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶152] Iti 82 · The Cry of the Gods > Pali: Iti 82 · Devasaddasutta [¶153] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶154] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶155] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶156] “Mendicants, these three cries are uttered among the gods on occasion. What three? When a noble disciple shaves off their hair and beard, dresses in ocher robes, and goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, the gods cry out: ‘This noble disciple intends to join battle with Māra!’ This is the first occasion a cry is uttered among the gods. > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, devesu devasaddā niccharanti samayā samayaṁ upādāya. Katame tayo? Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya ceteti, tasmiṁ samaye devesu devasaddo niccharati: ‘eso ariyasāvako mārena saddhiṁ saṅgāmāya cetetī’ti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo devesu devasaddo niccharati samayā samayaṁ upādāya. [¶157] Furthermore, when a noble disciple meditates pursuing the development of the seven qualities on the side of awakening, the gods cry out: ‘This noble disciple is joining battle with Māra!’ This is the second occasion a cry is uttered among the gods. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ samaye ariyasāvako sattannaṁ bodhipakkhiyānaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvanānuyogamanuyutto viharati, tasmiṁ samaye devesu devasaddo niccharati: ‘eso ariyasāvako mārena saddhiṁ saṅgāmetī’ti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo devesu devasaddo niccharati samayā samayaṁ upādāya. [¶158] Furthermore, when a noble disciple realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements, the gods cry out: ‘This noble disciple has won victory in battle, establishing himself as foremost in battle!’ This is the third occasion a cry is uttered among the gods. These are the three cries that are uttered among the gods on occasion.” > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ samaye ariyasāvako āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, tasmiṁ samaye devesu devasaddo niccharati: ‘eso ariyasāvako vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṁ abhivijiya ajjhāvasatī’ti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo devesu devasaddo niccharati samayā samayaṁ upādāya. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo devesu devasaddā niccharanti samayā samayaṁ upādāyā”ti. [¶159] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶160] “Seeing the winner of the battle— a disciple of the Buddha, great of heart, intrepid— even the deities revere them: > Pali: “Disvā vijitasaṅgāmaṁ, sammāsambuddhasāvakaṁ; Devatāpi namassanti, mahantaṁ vītasāradaṁ. [¶161] ‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred! You won a battle hard to win! Having defeated the army of death, your liberation is unhindered.’ > Pali: Namo te purisājañña, yo tvaṁ dujjayamajjhabhū; Jetvāna maccuno senaṁ, vimokkhena anāvaraṁ. [¶162] And so the deities revere the one, who has achieved their heart’s desire. For they see nothing in them by means of which they might fall under the sway of Death.” > Pali: Iti hetaṁ namassanti, devatā pattamānasaṁ; Tañhi tassa na passanti, yena maccuvasaṁ vaje”ti. [¶163] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶164] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶165] Iti 83 · Five Harbingers > Pali: Iti 83 · Pañcapubbanimittasutta [¶166] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶167] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶168] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶169] “Mendicants, when a god is due to pass away from the realm of the gods, five harbingers appear. Their flower-garlands wither; their clothes become soiled; they sweat from the armpits; their physical appearance deteriorates; and they no longer delight in their heavenly throne. When the other gods know that that godling is due to pass away, they wish them well in three ways: ‘Sir, may you go from here to a good place! > Pali: “Yadā, bhikkhave, devo devakāyā cavanadhammo hoti, pañcassa pubbanimittāni pātubhavanti— mālā milāyanti, vatthāni kilissanti, kacchehi sedā muccanti, kāye dubbaṇṇiyaṁ okkamati, sake devo devāsane nābhiramatīti. Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, devā ‘cavanadhammo ayaṁ devaputto’ti iti viditvā tīhi vācāhi anumodenti: ‘ito, bho, sugatiṁ gaccha. [¶170] When you have gone to a good place, may you be blessed with good fortune! > Pali: Sugatiṁ gantvā suladdhalābhaṁ labha. [¶171] When you have been blessed with good fortune, may you become well grounded!’” > Pali: Suladdhalābhaṁ labhitvā suppatiṭṭhito bhavāhī’”ti. [¶172] When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha, “Sir, what do the gods reckon to be going to a good place? > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “kiṁ nu kho, bhante, devānaṁ sugatigamanasaṅkhātaṁ. [¶173] What do they reckon to be blessed with good fortune? > Pali: Kiñca, bhante, devānaṁ suladdhalābhasaṅkhātaṁ. [¶174] What do they reckon to become well grounded?” > Pali: Kiṁ pana, bhante, devānaṁ suppatiṭṭhitasaṅkhātan”ti? [¶175] “It is human existence, mendicant, that the gods reckon to be going to a good place. > Pali: “Manussattaṁ kho, bhikkhu, devānaṁ sugatigamanasaṅkhātaṁ. [¶176] When a human being gains faith in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One, that is what the gods reckon to be blessed with good fortune. > Pali: Yaṁ manussabhūto samāno tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye saddhaṁ paṭilabhati; idaṁ kho, bhikkhu, devānaṁ suladdhalābhasaṅkhātaṁ. [¶177] When that faith in the Realized One is settled, rooted, and planted deep; when it’s strong and can’t be shifted by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or divinity or by anyone in the world, that is what the gods reckon to become well grounded.” > Pali: Sā kho panassa saddhā niviṭṭhā hoti mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṁhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ; idaṁ kho, bhikkhu, devānaṁ suppatiṭṭhitasaṅkhātan”ti. [¶178] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶179] “When, with the fading of life, a god passes from the realm of the gods, the gods utter three cries of well-wishing: > Pali: “Yadā devo devakāyā, cavati āyusaṅkhayā; Tayo saddā niccharanti, devānaṁ anumodataṁ. [¶180] ‘Go, worthy sir, from here to a good place, in the company of humans. As a human being, gain supreme faith in the true teaching. > Pali: ‘Ito bho sugatiṁ gaccha, manussānaṁ sahabyataṁ; Manussabhūto saddhamme, labha saddhaṁ anuttaraṁ. [¶181] May that faith of yours be settled, with roots planted deep, unfaltering all life long in the true teaching so well proclaimed. > Pali: Sā te saddhā niviṭṭhassa, mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā; Yāvajīvaṁ asaṁhīrā, saddhamme suppavedite. [¶182] Having given up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and whatever else is corrupt; > Pali: Kāyaduccaritaṁ hitvā, vacīduccaritāni ca; Manoduccaritaṁ hitvā, yañcaññaṁ dosasañhitaṁ. [¶183] and having done much good, by way of body, speech, and mind, limitless, free of attachments; > Pali: Kāyena kusalaṁ katvā, vācāya kusalaṁ bahuṁ; Manasā kusalaṁ katvā, appamāṇaṁ nirūpadhiṁ. [¶184] then, having made much worldly merit by giving gifts, establish other colleagues in the true teaching, the spiritual life.’ > Pali: Tato opadhikaṁ puññaṁ, katvā dānena taṁ bahuṁ; Aññepi macce saddhamme, brahmacariye nivesaya’. [¶185] It is due to such sympathy that when the gods know a god is due to pass away, they wish them well: ‘Come back, god, again and again!’” > Pali: Imāya anukampāya, devā devaṁ yadā vidū; Cavantaṁ anumodenti, ehi deva punappunan”ti. [¶186] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶187] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶188] Iti 84 · For the Welfare of the People > Pali: Iti 84 · Bahujanahitasutta [¶189] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶190] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶191] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶192] “These three individuals, mendicants, arise in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans. What three? It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. He teaches Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And he reveals a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. This is the first individual who arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans. > Pali: “Tayome puggalā loke uppajjamānā uppajjanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. Katame tayo? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. So dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. [¶193] Furthermore, it’s when a mendicant is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. They teach Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. This is the second individual who arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tasseva satthu sāvako arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto. So dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. [¶194] Furthermore, it’s when a disciple of that Teacher is a trainee, a learned practitioner with precepts and observances intact. They teach Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. This is the third individual who arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans. These are the three individuals who arise in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.” > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tasseva satthu sāvako sekho hoti pāṭipado bahussuto sīlavatūpapanno. Sopi dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo puggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā loke uppajjamānā uppajjanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. [¶195] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶196] “The Teacher is the first, the great seer, following whom is the evolved disciple, and then a trainee, a practitioner, learned, with precepts and observances intact. > Pali: “Satthā hi loke paṭhamo mahesi, Tassanvayo sāvako bhāvitatto; Athāparo pāṭipadopi sekho, Bahussuto sīlavatūpapanno. [¶197] These three are first among gods and humans, beacons proclaiming the teaching! They fling open the door to freedom from death, freeing many from yokes. > Pali: Ete tayo devamanussaseṭṭhā, Pabhaṅkarā dhammamudīrayantā; Apāpuranti amatassa dvāraṁ, Yogā pamocenti bahujjanaṁ te. [¶198] Following the path so well taught by the unsurpassed caravan leader, those who are diligent in the Holy One’s teaching make an end of suffering in this very life.” > Pali: Ye satthavāhena anuttarena, Sudesitaṁ maggamanukkamanti; Idheva dukkhassa karonti antaṁ, Ye appamattā sugatassa sāsane”ti. [¶199] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶200] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶201] Iti 85 · Observing Ugliness > Pali: Iti 85 · Asubhānupassīsutta [¶202] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶203] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶204] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶205] “Mendicants, meditate observing the ugliness of the body. Let mindfulness of breathing be well-established internally on the present. Meditate observing the impermanence of all conditions. As you meditate observing the ugliness of the body, you will give up desire for the body. When mindfulness of breathing is well-established internally on the present, there will be no distressing external thoughts or wishes. When you meditate observing the impermanence of all conditions, ignorance is given up and knowledge arises.” > Pali: “Asubhānupassī, bhikkhave, kāyasmiṁ viharatha; ānāpānassati ca vo ajjhattaṁ parimukhaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hotu; sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassino viharatha. Asubhānupassīnaṁ, bhikkhave, kāyasmiṁ viharataṁ yo subhāya dhātuyā rāgānusayo so pahīyati. Ānāpānassatiyā ajjhattaṁ parimukhaṁ sūpaṭṭhititāya ye bāhirā vitakkāsayā vighātapakkhikā, te na honti. Sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassīnaṁ viharataṁ yā avijjā sā pahīyati, yā vijjā sā uppajjatī”ti. [¶206] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶207] “Observing the ugliness of the body, mindful of the breath, one always keen sees the stilling of all activities. > Pali: “Asubhānupassī kāyasmiṁ, ānāpāne paṭissato; Sabbasaṅkhārasamathaṁ, passaṁ ātāpi sabbadā. [¶208] That mendicant sees rightly, and when freed in regards to that, that peaceful sage, with perfect insight, has truly slipped their yoke.” > Pali: Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu, yato tattha vimuccati; Abhiññāvosito santo, sa ve yogātigo munī”ti. [¶209] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶210] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶211] Iti 86 · Practicing In Line With the Teaching > Pali: Iti 86 · Dhammānudhammapaṭipannasutta [¶212] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶213] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶214] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶215] “Regarding a mendicant practicing in line with the teaching, it is in line with the teaching to declare that this is what it means to practice in line with the teaching. When speaking, they speak on the teaching, not against it. When thinking, they think on the teaching, not against it. And rejecting both, they meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware.” > Pali: “Dhammānudhammapaṭipannassa bhikkhuno ayamanudhammo hoti veyyākaraṇāya— dhammānudhammapaṭipannoyanti bhāsamāno dhammaññeva bhāsati no adhammaṁ, vitakkayamāno vā dhammavitakkaññeva vitakketi no adhammavitakkaṁ, tadubhayaṁ vā pana abhinivejjetvā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno”ti. [¶216] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶217] “Delighting in the teaching, enjoying the teaching, contemplating the teaching, a mendicant who recollects the teaching doesn’t fall away from the true teaching. > Pali: “Dhammārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṁ anuvicintayaṁ; Dhammaṁ anussaraṁ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati. [¶218] Whether walking or standing, sitting or lying down, with mind collected inside, they attain only peace.” > Pali: Caraṁ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṁ, nisinno uda vā sayaṁ; Ajjhattaṁ samayaṁ cittaṁ, santimevādhigacchatī”ti. [¶219] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶220] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶221] Iti 87 · Destroyers of Sight > Pali: Iti 87 · Andhakaraṇasutta [¶222] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶223] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶224] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶225] “Mendicants, these three unskillful thoughts are destroyers of sight, vision, and knowledge. They block wisdom, they’re on the side of distress, and they don’t lead to extinguishment. What three? Thoughts of sensuality, malice, and cruelty. These are the three unskillful thoughts that are destroyers of sight, vision, and knowledge. They block wisdom, they’re on the side of distress, and they don’t lead to extinguishment. > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, akusalavitakkā andhakaraṇā acakkhukaraṇā aññāṇakaraṇā paññānirodhikā vighātapakkhikā anibbānasaṁvattanikā. Katame tayo? Kāmavitakko, bhikkhave, andhakaraṇo acakkhukaraṇo aññāṇakaraṇo paññānirodhiko vighātapakkhiko anibbānasaṁvattaniko. Byāpādavitakko, bhikkhave, andhakaraṇo acakkhukaraṇo aññāṇakaraṇo paññānirodhiko vighātapakkhiko anibbānasaṁvattaniko. Vihiṁsāvitakko, bhikkhave, andhakaraṇo acakkhukaraṇo aññāṇakaraṇo paññānirodhiko vighātapakkhiko anibbānasaṁvattaniko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo akusalavitakkā andhakaraṇā acakkhukaraṇā aññāṇakaraṇā paññānirodhikā vighātapakkhikā anibbānasaṁvattanikā. [¶226] These three skillful thoughts are creators of sight, vision, and knowledge. They grow wisdom, they’re on the side of solace, and they lead to extinguishment. What three? Thoughts of renunciation, good will, and harmlessness. These are the three skillful thoughts that are creators of sight, vision, and knowledge. They grow wisdom, they’re on the side of solace, and they lead to extinguishment.” > Pali: Tayome, bhikkhave, kusalavitakkā anandhakaraṇā cakkhukaraṇā ñāṇakaraṇā paññāvuddhikā avighātapakkhikā nibbānasaṁvattanikā. Katame tayo? Nekkhammavitakko, bhikkhave, anandhakaraṇo cakkhukaraṇo ñāṇakaraṇo paññāvuddhiko avighātapakkhiko nibbānasaṁvattaniko. Abyāpādavitakko, bhikkhave, anandhakaraṇo cakkhukaraṇo ñāṇakaraṇo paññāvuddhiko avighātapakkhiko nibbānasaṁvattaniko. Avihiṁsāvitakko, bhikkhave, anandhakaraṇo cakkhukaraṇo ñāṇakaraṇo paññāvuddhiko avighātapakkhiko nibbānasaṁvattaniko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo kusalavitakkā anandhakaraṇā cakkhukaraṇā ñāṇakaraṇā paññāvuddhikā avighātapakkhikā nibbānasaṁvattanikā”ti. [¶227] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶228] “Think the three skillful thoughts, and get rid of the unskillful. Quelling such thoughts and considerations, like rain on the dust, with a heart calmed of thought, you’ll touch the state of peace right here.” > Pali: “Tayo vitakke kusale vitakkaye, Tayo pana akusale nirākare; Sa ve vitakkāni vicāritāni, Sameti vuṭṭhīva rajaṁ samūhataṁ; Sa ve vitakkūpasamena cetasā, Idheva so santipadaṁ samajjhagā”ti. [¶229] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶230] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶231] Iti 88 · Inner Stains > Pali: Iti 88 · Antarāmalasutta [¶232] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶233] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶234] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶235] “Mendicants, there are these three inner stains, inner foes, inner enemies, inner killers, and inner adversaries. What three? Greed, hate, and delusion. These three are inner stains, inner foes, inner enemies, inner killers, and inner adversaries.” > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā. Katame tayo? Lobho, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Doso, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Moho, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā”ti. [¶236] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶237] “Greed creates harm; greed upsets the mind. That person doesn’t recognize the danger that arises within. > Pali: “Anatthajanano lobho, lobho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṁ, taṁ jano nāvabujjhati. [¶238] A greedy person doesn’t know the good. A greedy person doesn’t see the truth. When a person is beset by greed, only blind darkness is left. > Pali: Luddho atthaṁ na jānāti, luddho dhammaṁ na passati; Andhatamaṁ tadā hoti, yaṁ lobho sahate naraṁ. [¶239] Those who have given up greed, don’t get greedy even when provoked. Greed falls off them like a drop from a lotus-leaf. > Pali: Yo ca lobhaṁ pahantvāna, lobhaneyye na lubbhati; Lobho pahīyate tamhā, udabindūva pokkharā. [¶240] Hate creates harm; hate upsets the mind. That person doesn’t recognize the danger that arises within. > Pali: Anatthajanano doso, doso cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṁ, taṁ jano nāvabujjhati. [¶241] A hateful person doesn’t know the good. A hateful person doesn’t see the truth. When a person is beset by hate, only blind darkness is left. > Pali: Duṭṭho atthaṁ na jānāti, duṭṭho dhammaṁ na passati; Andhatamaṁ tadā hoti, yaṁ doso sahate naraṁ. [¶242] Those who have given up hate, don’t get angry even when provoked. Hate falls off them like a ripe palmyra fruit from its stem. > Pali: Yo ca dosaṁ pahantvāna, dosaneyye na dussati; Doso pahīyate tamhā, tālapakkaṁva bandhanā. [¶243] Delusion creates harm; delusion upsets the mind. That person doesn’t recognize the danger that arises within. > Pali: Anatthajanano moho, moho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṁ, taṁ jano nāvabujjhati. [¶244] A deluded person doesn’t know the good. A deluded person doesn’t see the truth. When a person is beset by delusion, only blind darkness is left. > Pali: Mūḷho atthaṁ na jānāti, mūḷho dhammaṁ na passati; Andhatamaṁ tadā hoti, yaṁ moho sahate naraṁ. [¶245] Those who have given up delusion, don’t get deluded even when provoked. They banish all delusion, as the rising sun the dark.” > Pali: Yo ca mohaṁ pahantvāna, mohaneyye na muyhati; Mohaṁ vihanti so sabbaṁ, ādiccovudayaṁ taman”ti. [¶246] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶247] > Pali: Navamaṁ. ## 4. Iti 89–108 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/4/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/4/#p-N [¶0] Iti 89 · About Devadatta > Pali: Iti 89 · Devadattasutta [¶1] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶2] Chapter Four > Pali: Catutthavagga [¶3] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶4] “Mendicants, overcome and overwhelmed by three things that oppose the true teaching, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. What three? Corrupt wishes … Bad friendship … When there is still more to be done, stopping half-way after achieving some trifling distinction. Overcome and overwhelmed by these three things that oppose the true teaching, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable.” > Pali: “Tīhi, bhikkhave, asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Katamehi tīhi? Pāpicchatāya, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Pāpamittatāya, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Sati kho pana uttarikaraṇīye oramattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānaṁ āpādi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho”ti. [¶5] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶6] “Let none of wicked desire ever be reborn into this world. And by this too you should know the place where those of corrupt wishes go. > Pali: “Mā jātu koci lokasmiṁ, pāpiccho udapajjatha; Tadamināpi jānātha, pāpicchānaṁ yathā gati. [¶7] He once was considered astute, deemed to be evolved, his glory stood forth like a flame, the renowned Devadatta. > Pali: Paṇḍitoti samaññāto, bhāvitattoti sammato; Jalaṁva yasasā aṭṭhā, devadattoti vissuto. [¶8] Seduced by heedlessness, he attacked the Realized One. He has fallen to Avīci hell, four-doored and terrifying. > Pali: So samānamanuciṇṇo, āsajja naṁ tathāgataṁ; Avīcinirayaṁ patto, catudvāraṁ bhayānakaṁ. [¶9] When someone betrays the innocent, who have done no wrong, their bad deeds impact the one with corrupt heart, lacking regard for others. > Pali: Aduṭṭhassa hi yo dubbhe, pāpakammaṁ akubbato; Tameva pāpaṁ phusati, duṭṭhacittaṁ anādaraṁ. [¶10] One might think to pollute the ocean with a pot of poison, but it wouldn’t work, for the sea is terribly large. > Pali: Samuddaṁ visakumbhena, yo maññeyya padūsituṁ; Na so tena padūseyya, bhesmā hi udadhi mahā. [¶11] So too when someone attacks with words the Realized One— rightly comported, of peaceful mind— the words don’t take. > Pali: Evamevaṁ tathāgataṁ, yo vādena vihiṁsati; Sammaggataṁ santacittaṁ, vādo tamhi na rūhati. [¶12] The astute would befriend one like this, and follow them around. A mendicant who walks the path attains the ending of suffering.” > Pali: Tādisaṁ mittaṁ kubbetha, tañca seveyya paṇḍito; Yassa maggānugo bhikkhu, khayaṁ dukkhassa pāpuṇe”ti. [¶13] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶14] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶15] > Pali: Catuttho vaggo. [¶16] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶17] > Pali: Vitakkāsakkārasadda, cavanaloke asubhaṁ; Dhammaandhakāramalaṁ, devadattena te dasāti. [¶18] Iti 90 · The Best Kinds of Confidence > Pali: Iti 90 · Aggappasādasutta [¶19] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶20] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶21] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶22] “Mendicants, these three kinds of confidence are the best. What three? Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception. Those who have confidence in the Buddha have confidence in the best. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best. > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, aggappasādā. Katame tayo? Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññināsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho. Ye, bhikkhave, buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṁ aggo vipāko hoti. [¶23] Fading away is said to be the best of all things whether conditioned or unconditioned. That is, the quelling of vanity, the removing of thirst, the uprooting of clinging, the breaking of the round, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, extinguishment. Those who have confidence in the teaching of fading away have confidence in the best. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best. > Pali: Yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭupacchedo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ. Ye, bhikkhave, virāge dhamme pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṁ aggo vipāko hoti. [¶24] The Saṅgha of the Realized One’s disciples is said to be the best of all communities and groups. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individual persons. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. Those who have confidence in the Saṅgha have confidence in the best. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best. These are the three best kinds of confidence.” > Pali: Yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Ye, bhikkhave, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṁ aggo vipāko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo aggappasādā”ti. [¶25] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶26] “For those who, knowing the best teaching, base their confidence on the best— confident in the best Awakened One, supremely worthy of a religious donation; > Pali: “Aggato ve pasannānaṁ, aggaṁ dhammaṁ vijānataṁ; Agge buddhe pasannānaṁ, dakkhiṇeyye anuttare. [¶27] confident in the best teaching, the bliss of fading and stilling; confident in the best Saṅgha, the supreme field of merit— > Pali: Agge dhamme pasannānaṁ, virāgūpasame sukhe; Agge saṅghe pasannānaṁ, puññakkhette anuttare. [¶28] giving gifts to the best, the best of merit grows: the best lifespan, beauty, fame, reputation, happiness, and strength. > Pali: Aggasmiṁ dānaṁ dadataṁ, aggaṁ puññaṁ pavaḍḍhati; Aggaṁ āyu ca vaṇṇo ca, yaso kitti sukhaṁ balaṁ. [¶29] An intelligent person gives to the best, settled on the best teaching. When they become a god or human, they rejoice at reaching the best.” > Pali: Aggassa dātā medhāvī, aggadhammasamāhito; Devabhūto manusso vā, aggappatto pamodatī”ti. [¶30] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶31] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶32] Iti 91 · Lifestyle > Pali: Iti 91 · Jīvikasutta [¶33] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶34] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶35] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶36] “This is the last of lifestyles, mendicants, namely relying on alms. The world curses you: ‘You beggar, walking bowl in hand!’ Yet earnest gentlemen take it up for a good reason. Not to escape a summons by a king or a summons for a bandit, or because you were in debt or in fear, or in order to make a living. Rather, because they think: ‘I’m swamped by rebirth, old age, and death; by sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. I’m swamped by suffering, mired in suffering. Hopefully I can make an end to this entire mass of suffering.’ That’s how this gentleman has gone forth. Yet they covet sensual pleasures; they’re infatuated, full of ill will and malicious intent. They are unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties. Suppose there was a firebrand for lighting a funeral pyre, burning at both ends, and smeared with dung in the middle. It couldn’t be used as timber either in the village or the wilderness. I say that individual is just like this. They’ve missed out on the pleasures of the lay life, and haven’t fulfilled the goal of the ascetic life.” > Pali: “Antamidaṁ, bhikkhave, jīvikānaṁ yadidaṁ piṇḍolyaṁ. Abhisāpoyaṁ, bhikkhave, lokasmiṁ: ‘piṇḍolo vicarasi pattapāṇī’ti. Tañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, kulaputtā upenti atthavasikā, atthavasaṁ paṭicca; neva rājābhinītā, na corābhinītā, na iṇaṭṭā, na bhayaṭṭā, na ājīvikāpakatā. Api ca kho ‘otiṇṇamhā jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi dukkhotiṇṇā dukkhaparetā, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. Evaṁ pabbajito cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, kulaputto. So ca hoti abhijjhālu kāmesu tibbasārāgo, byāpannacitto paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo, muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vibbhantacitto pākatindriyo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, chavālātaṁ ubhatopadittaṁ majjhe gūthagataṁ neva gāme kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati na araññe; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi gihibhogā parihīno sāmaññatthañca na paripūretī”ti. [¶37] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶38] “They’ve left behind the pleasures of the lay life, and miss out on the goal of the ascetic life. Ruining it, they throw it away, and perish like a funeral firebrand. > Pali: “Gihibhogā parihīno, Sāmaññatthañca dubbhago; Paridhaṁsamāno pakireti, Chavālātaṁva nassati. [¶39] Many who wear a scrap of ocher cloth are unrestrained and wicked. Being wicked, they are reborn in hell due to their bad deeds. > Pali: Kāsāvakaṇṭhā bahavo, pāpadhammā asaññatā; Pāpā pāpehi kammehi, nirayaṁ te upapajjare. [¶40] It’d be better for the immoral and unrestrained to eat an iron ball, scorching, like a burning flame, than to eat the nation’s alms.” > Pali: Seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto, tatto aggisikhūpamo; Yañce bhuñjeyya dussīlo, raṭṭhapiṇḍamasaññato”ti. [¶41] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶42] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶43] Iti 92 · The Corner of the Cloak > Pali: Iti 92 · Saṅghāṭikaṇṇasutta [¶44] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶45] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶46] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶47] “Mendicants, suppose a mendicant were to hold the corner of my cloak and follow behind me step by step. Yet they covet sensual pleasures; they’re infatuated, full of ill will and malicious intent. They are unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties. Then they are far from me, and I from them. Why is that? Because that mendicant does not see the teaching. Not seeing the teaching, they do not see me. > Pali: “Saṅghāṭikaṇṇe cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gahetvā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandho assa pāde pādaṁ nikkhipanto, so ca hoti abhijjhālu kāmesu tibbasārāgo byāpannacitto paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vibbhantacitto pākatindriyo; atha kho so ārakāva mayhaṁ, ahañca tassa. Taṁ kissa hetu? Dhammañhi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na passati. Dhammaṁ apassanto na maṁ passati. [¶48] Suppose a mendicant were to live a hundred leagues away. Yet they do not covet sensual pleasures; they’re not infatuated, or full of ill will and malicious intent. They have established mindfulness, situational awareness and immersion, with unified mind and restrained faculties. Then they are close to me, and I to them. Why is that? Because that mendicant sees the teaching. Seeing the teaching, they see me.” > Pali: Yojanasate cepi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya. So ca hoti anabhijjhālu kāmesu na tibbasārāgo abyāpannacitto apaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo upaṭṭhitassati sampajāno samāhito ekaggacitto saṁvutindriyo; atha kho so santikeva mayhaṁ, ahañca tassa. Taṁ kissa hetu? Dhammañhi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu passati; dhammaṁ passanto maṁ passatī”ti. [¶49] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶50] “One full of desire and distress may follow close behind, yet see how distant they are— the stirred from the still, the burning from the quenched, the greedy from the greedless. > Pali: “Anubandhopi ce assa, mahiccho ca vighātavā; Ejānugo anejassa, nibbutassa anibbuto; Giddho so vītagedhassa, passa yāvañca ārakā. [¶51] An astute person who has understood and directly known the teaching, grows calm, as unperturbed as a lake free of wind. > Pali: Yo ca dhammamabhiññāya, dhammamaññāya paṇḍito; Rahadova nivāte ca, anejo vūpasammati. [¶52] See how close they are— the still to the still, the quenched to the quenched, the greedless to the greedless.” > Pali: Anejo so anejassa, nibbutassa ca nibbuto; Agiddho vītagedhassa, passa yāvañca santike”ti. [¶53] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶54] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶55] Iti 93 · Fire > Pali: Iti 93 · Aggisutta [¶56] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶57] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶58] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶59] “Mendicants, there are these three fires. What three? The fires of greed, hate, and delusion. These are the three fires.” > Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, aggī. Katame tayo? Rāgaggi, dosaggi, mohaggi— ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo aggī”ti. [¶60] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶61] “The fire of greed burns a mortal, lustful, infatuated by sensual pleasures; while, fallen in the fire of hate, a person kills living creatures; > Pali: “Rāgaggi dahati macce, ratte kāmesu mucchite; Dosaggi pana byāpanne, nare pāṇātipātino. [¶62] and, bewildered by the fire of delusion, they miss the teaching of the noble ones. Not recognizing these three fires, people are caught up in substantial reality. > Pali: Mohaggi pana sammūḷhe, ariyadhamme akovide; Ete aggī ajānantā, sakkāyābhiratā pajā. [¶63] They fill the ranks of hell, of birth as an animal, or of titans and ghosts, not freed from Māra’s bonds. > Pali: Te vaḍḍhayanti nirayaṁ, tiracchānañca yoniyo; Asuraṁ pettivisayaṁ, amuttā mārabandhanā. [¶64] But as to those committed day and night to the teaching of the Buddha: they extinguish the fire of greed, always perceiving ugliness; > Pali: Ye ca rattindivā yuttā, sammāsambuddhasāsane; Te nibbāpenti rāgaggiṁ, niccaṁ asubhasaññino. [¶65] while those supreme men extinguish the fire of hate with love; and the fire of delusion with the wisdom that leads to penetration. > Pali: Dosaggiṁ pana mettāya, nibbāpenti naruttamā; Mohaggiṁ pana paññāya, yāyaṁ nibbedhagāminī. [¶66] Having extinguished these fires, alert, tireless all day and night, they become fully extinguished, completely transcending suffering. > Pali: Te nibbāpetvā nipakā, rattindivamatanditā; Asesaṁ parinibbanti, asesaṁ dukkhamaccaguṁ. [¶67] Seers of the noble truths, knowledge masters, the astute, understanding rightly, directly know the ending of rebirth, they come not back to future lives.” > Pali: Ariyaddasā vedaguno, sammadaññāya paṇḍitā; Jātikkhayamabhiññāya, nāgacchanti punabbhavan”ti. [¶68] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶69] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶70] Iti 94 · Examination > Pali: Iti 94 · Upaparikkhasutta [¶71] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶72] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶73] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶74] “A mendicant should examine in whatever way such that, while examining, consciousness would neither be scattered nor diffused externally, nor stuck internally, and they would not be anxious because of grasping. When consciousness is neither scattered nor diffused externally, nor stuck internally, and they are not anxious because of grasping, there is no coming to be of the origin of suffering—of rebirth, old age, and death in the future.” > Pali: “Tathā tathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu upaparikkheyya yathā yathāssa upaparikkhato bahiddhā cassa viññāṇaṁ avikkhittaṁ avisaṭaṁ ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitaṁ anupādāya na paritasseyya. Bahiddhā, bhikkhave, viññāṇe avikkhitte avisaṭe sati ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhite anupādāya aparitassato āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇadukkhasamudayasambhavo na hotī”ti. [¶75] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶76] “For one who has given up seven chains, a mendicant who has cut the cord, transmigration through births is finished, there’ll be no more future lives for them.” > Pali: “Sattasaṅgappahīnassa, netticchinnassa bhikkhuno; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavo”ti. [¶77] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶78] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶79] Iti 95 · Provided With Pleasure > Pali: Iti 95 · Kāmūpapattisutta [¶80] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶81] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶82] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶83] “Mendicants, there are these three ways of being provided with sensual pleasures. What three? Some sensual pleasures are simply present; some are for those who love to create; and some are for those who control what is created by others. These are the three ways of being provided with sensual pleasures.” > Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, kāmūpapattiyo. Katamā tisso? Paccupaṭṭhitakāmā, nimmānaratino, paranimmitavasavattino— imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso kāmūpapattiyo”ti. [¶84] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶85] “Sensual pleasures that are simply present, gods who control what is created by others, gods who love to create, and others who indulge in sensual pleasures— They go from this state to another, but don’t escape transmigration. > Pali: “Paccupaṭṭhitakāmā ca, ye devā vasavattino; Nimmānaratino devā, ye caññe kāmabhogino; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṁ, saṁsāraṁ nātivattare. [¶86] Knowing this danger in sensual indulgence, an astute person would forsake all sensual pleasures, both human and heavenly. > Pali: Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, kāmabhogesu paṇḍito; Sabbe pariccaje kāme, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. [¶87] Having cut the stream so hard to pass, that’s tied to pleasant seeming things, they become fully extinguished, completely transcending suffering. > Pali: Piyarūpasātagadhitaṁ, chetvā sotaṁ duraccayaṁ; Asesaṁ parinibbanti, asesaṁ dukkhamaccaguṁ. [¶88] Seers of the noble truths, knowledge masters, the astute, understanding rightly, directly know the ending of rebirth, they come not back to future lives.” > Pali: Ariyaddasā vedaguno, sammadaññāya paṇḍitā; Jātikkhayamabhiññāya, nāgacchanti punabbhavan”ti. [¶89] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶90] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶91] Iti 96 · Yoked to Sensual Pleasures > Pali: Iti 96 · Kāmayogasutta [¶92] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶93] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶94] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶95] “Mendicants, one yoked to both sensual pleasures and rebirth is a returner, who comes back to this place. One unyoked from sensual pleasures but still yoked to rebirth is a non-returner, who comes not back to this place. One unyoked from both sensual pleasures and rebirth is a perfected one, who has ended defilements.” > Pali: “Kāmayogayutto, bhikkhave, bhavayogayutto āgāmī hoti āgantā itthattaṁ. Kāmayogavisaṁyutto, bhikkhave, bhavayogayutto anāgāmī hoti anāgantā itthattaṁ. Kāmayogavisaṁyutto, bhikkhave, bhavayogavisaṁyutto arahā hoti, khīṇāsavo”ti. [¶96] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶97] “Yoked to both sensual pleasures and the desire to be reborn in a future life; sentient beings continue to transmigrate, with ongoing birth and death. > Pali: “Kāmayogena saṁyuttā, bhavayogena cūbhayaṁ; Sattā gacchanti saṁsāraṁ, jātimaraṇagāmino. [¶98] Those who’ve given up sensual pleasures without attaining the end of defilements, and are still yoked to being reborn, are said to be non-returners. > Pali: Ye ca kāme pahantvāna, appattā āsavakkhayaṁ; Bhavayogena saṁyuttā, anāgāmīti vuccare. [¶99] Those who have cut off doubt, and ended conceit and future lives, they’re the ones in this world who’ve truly crossed over, having reached the ending of defilements.” > Pali: Ye ca kho chinnasaṁsayā, khīṇamānapunabbhavā; Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, ye pattā āsavakkhayan”ti. [¶100] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶101] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶102] > Pali: Tatiyabhāṇavāraṁ. [¶103] Iti 97 · Good Morals > Pali: Iti 97 · Kalyāṇasīlasutta [¶104] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶105] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶106] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶107] “Mendicants, in this teaching and training a mendicant of good morals, good practice, and good wisdom is called consummate, accomplished, a supreme person. > Pali: “Kalyāṇasīlo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇadhammo kalyāṇapañño imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ‘kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso’ti vuccati— [¶108] And how does a mendicant have good morals? It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. That’s how a mendicant has good morals. Such is one of good morality. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇasīlo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati, ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇasīlo hoti. Iti kalyāṇasīlo. [¶109] And how does one have good practice? It’s when a mendicant meditates pursuing the development of the seven qualities on the side of awakening. That’s how a mendicant has good practice. Such is one of good morality and good practice. > Pali: Kalyāṇadhammo ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sattannaṁ bodhipakkhiyānaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇadhammo hoti. Iti kalyāṇasīlo, kalyāṇadhammo. [¶110] And how does one have good wisdom? It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. That’s how a mendicant has good wisdom; > Pali: Kalyāṇapañño ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇapañño hoti. [¶111] Such is one of good morals, good practice, and good wisdom, who in this teaching and training is called consummate, accomplished, a supreme person.” > Pali: Iti kalyāṇasīlo kalyāṇadhammo kalyāṇapañño imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ‘kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso’ti vuccatī”ti. [¶112] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶113] “Who does nothing wrong by body, speech or mind, is said to be one of good morals, a conscientious mendicant. > Pali: “Yassa kāyena vācāya, manasā natthi dukkaṭaṁ; Taṁ ve kalyāṇasīloti, āhu bhikkhuṁ hirīmanaṁ. [¶114] Who has well developed the seven factors that lead to awakening is said to be one good practice, an unpretentious mendicant. > Pali: Yassa dhammā subhāvitā, satta sambodhigāmino; Taṁ ve kalyāṇadhammoti, āhu bhikkhuṁ anussadaṁ. [¶115] Who understands for themselves the end of suffering in this life is said to be one good wisdom, an undefiled mendicant. > Pali: Yo dukkhassa pajānāti, idheva khayamattano; Taṁ ve kalyāṇapaññoti, āhu bhikkhuṁ anāsavaṁ. [¶116] One accomplished in these three things, untroubled, with doubts cut off, unattached to anything in the world, has given up everything, they say.” > Pali: Tehi dhammehi sampannaṁ, anīghaṁ chinnasaṁsayaṁ; Asitaṁ sabbalokassa, āhu sabbapahāyinan”ti. [¶117] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶118] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶119] Iti 98 · Giving > Pali: Iti 98 · Dānasutta [¶120] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶121] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶122] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶123] “There are, mendicants, these two gifts. A gift of things of the flesh and a gift of the teaching. The better of these two gifts is the gift of the teaching. > Pali: “Dvemāni, bhikkhave, dānāni— āmisadānañca dhammadānañca. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ dvinnaṁ dānānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammadānaṁ. [¶124] There are these two kinds of sharing. Sharing things of the flesh and sharing the teaching. The better of these two kinds of sharing is sharing the teaching. > Pali: Dveme, bhikkhave, saṁvibhāgā— āmisasaṁvibhāgo ca dhammasaṁvibhāgo ca. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ dvinnaṁ saṁvibhāgānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammasaṁvibhāgo. [¶125] There are these two kinds of support. Support in things of the flesh and support in the teaching. The better of these two kinds of support is support in the teaching.” > Pali: Dveme, bhikkhave, anuggahā— āmisānuggaho ca dhammānuggaho ca. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ dvinnaṁ anuggahānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammānuggaho”ti. [¶126] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶127] “It is said to be the supreme, ultimate gift, and the sharing praised by the Buddha; what wise and sensible person, confident in the best of fields, would not sow a such timely gift? > Pali: “Yamāhu dānaṁ paramaṁ anuttaraṁ, Yaṁ saṁvibhāgaṁ bhagavā avaṇṇayi; Aggamhi khettamhi pasannacitto, Viññū pajānaṁ ko na yajetha kāle. [¶128] For those who are diligent in the dispensation of the Holy One, both those who speak and those who listen, confident in the dispensation of the Holy One, such a gift purifies the highest goal.” > Pali: Ye ceva bhāsanti suṇanti cūbhayaṁ, Pasannacittā sugatassa sāsane; Tesaṁ so attho paramo visujjhati, Ye appamattā sugatassa sāsane”ti. [¶129] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶130] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶131] Iti 99 · The Three Knowledges > Pali: Iti 99 · Tevijjasutta [¶132] The Book of the Threes > Pali: Tikanipāta [¶133] Chapter Five > Pali: Pañcamavagga [¶134] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶135] “Mendicants, I define a brahmin in terms of the teaching as one who is master of the three knowledges, not the other who merely repeats what they are told. > Pali: “Dhammenāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tevijjaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ paññāpemi, nāññaṁ lapitalāpanamattena. [¶136] How so? It’s when a mendicant recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. This is the first knowledge they achieved. Ignorance was banished and knowledge arose; darkness was banished and light arose, as happens for a meditator who is diligent, keen, and resolute. > Pali: Kathañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammena tevijjaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ paññāpemi, nāññaṁ lapitalāpanamattena? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ. Tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto. So tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Ayamassa paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā hoti, avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato, āloko uppanno, yathā taṁ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. [¶137] Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, a mendicant sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They denounced the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never denounced the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds. This is the second knowledge they achieved. Ignorance was banished and knowledge arose; darkness was banished and light arose, as happens for a meditator who is diligent, keen, and resolute. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Ayamassa dutiyā vijjā adhigatā hoti, avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato, āloko uppanno, yathā taṁ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. [¶138] Furthermore, a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. This is the third knowledge which they achieved. Ignorance was banished and knowledge arose; darkness was banished and light arose, as happens for a meditator who is diligent, keen, and resolute. That’s how I define a brahmin in terms of the teaching as one who is master of the three knowledges, not the other who merely repeats what they are told.” > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayamassa tatiyā vijjā adhigatā hoti, avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato, āloko uppanno, yathā taṁ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammena tevijjaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ paññāpemi, nāññaṁ lapitalāpanamattenā”ti. [¶139] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶140] “One who knows their past lives, sees heaven and places of loss, and has attained the end of rebirth, is a sage of perfect insight. > Pali: “Pubbenivāsaṁ yoveti, saggāpāyañca passati; Atho jātikkhayaṁ patto, abhiññāvosito muni. [¶141] Because of these three knowledges a brahmin is a master of the three knowledges. That’s who I call a three-knowledge master, and not the other who repeats what they are told.” > Pali: Etāhi tīhi vijjāhi, tevijjo hoti brāhmaṇo; Tamahaṁ vadāmi tevijjaṁ, nāññaṁ lapitalāpanan”ti. [¶142] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶143] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶144] > Pali: Pañcamo vaggo. [¶145] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶146] > Pali: Pasāda jīvita saṅghāṭi, aggi upaparikkhayā; Upapatti kāma kalyāṇaṁ, dānaṁ dhammena te dasāti. [¶147] > Pali: Tikanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶148] Iti 100 · The Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Iti 100 · Brāhmaṇadhammayāgasutta [¶149] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶150] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶151] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶152] “I, mendicants, am a brahmin, committed to charity, always open-handed, bearing my final body, a healer, a surgeon. You are my bosom sons, born from my mouth, born of the teaching, created by the teaching, heirs in the teaching, not in things of the flesh. > Pali: “Ahamasmi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo yācayogo sadā payatapāṇi antimadehadharo anuttaro bhisakko sallakatto. Tassa me tumhe puttā orasā mukhato jātā dhammajā dhammanimmitā dhammadāyādā, no āmisadāyādā. [¶153] There are these two gifts. A gift of things of the flesh and a gift of the teaching. The better of these two gifts is the gift of the teaching. > Pali: Dvemāni, bhikkhave, dānāni— āmisadānañca dhammadānañca. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ dvinnaṁ dānānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammadānaṁ. [¶154] There are these two kinds of sharing. Sharing things of the flesh and sharing the teaching. The better of these two kinds of sharing is sharing the teaching. > Pali: Dveme, bhikkhave, saṁvibhāgā— āmisasaṁvibhāgo ca dhammasaṁvibhāgo ca. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ dvinnaṁ saṁvibhāgānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammasaṁvibhāgo. [¶155] There are these two kinds of support. Support in things of the flesh and support in the teaching. The better of these two kinds of support is support in the teaching. > Pali: Dveme, bhikkhave, anuggahā— āmisānuggaho ca dhammānuggaho ca. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ dvinnaṁ anuggahānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammānuggaho. [¶156] There are these two offerings. An offering of things of the flesh and an offering of the teaching. The better of these two offerings is an offering of the teaching.” > Pali: Dveme, bhikkhave, yāgā— āmisayāgo ca dhammayāgo ca. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ dvinnaṁ yāgānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammayāgo”ti. [¶157] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶158] “The Realized One, compassionate for all living creatures, unstintingly offers teaching. Sentient beings revere him, first among gods and humans, who has gone beyond rebirth.” > Pali: “Yo dhammayāgaṁ ayajī amaccharī, Tathāgato sabbabhūtānukampī; Taṁ tādisaṁ devamanussaseṭṭhaṁ, Sattā namassanti bhavassa pāragun”ti. [¶159] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶160] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶161] Iti 101 · Easy to Find > Pali: Iti 101 · Sulabhasutta [¶162] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶163] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶164] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶165] “Mendicants, these four trifles are easy to find and are blameless. What four? Rag-robes … A lump of almsfood … Lodgings at the root of a tree … Rancid urine as medicine … These four trifles are easy to find and are blameless. When a mendicant is content with trifles that are easy to find, they have one of the factors of the ascetic life, I say.” > Pali: “Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, appāni ceva sulabhāni ca, tāni ca anavajjāni. Katamāni cattāri? Paṁsukūlaṁ, bhikkhave, cīvarānaṁ appañca sulabhañca, tañca anavajjaṁ. Piṇḍiyālopo, bhikkhave, bhojanānaṁ appañca sulabhañca, tañca anavajjaṁ. Rukkhamūlaṁ, bhikkhave, senāsanānaṁ appañca sulabhañca, tañca anavajjaṁ. Pūtimuttaṁ, bhikkhave, bhesajjānaṁ appañca sulabhañca tañca anavajjaṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri appāni ceva sulabhāni ca, tāni ca anavajjāni. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appena ca tuṭṭho hoti sulabhena ca anavajjena ca, idamassāhaṁ aññataraṁ sāmaññaṅganti vadāmī”ti. [¶166] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶167] “When one is content with what’s blameless, trifling, and easy to find, they don’t get distressed about lodgings, robes, food, and drink, and they’re not obstructed anywhere. > Pali: “Anavajjena tuṭṭhassa, appena sulabhena ca; Na senāsanamārabbha, cīvaraṁ pānabhojanaṁ; Vighāto hoti cittassa, disā nappaṭihaññati. [¶168] These qualities are said to be integral to the ascetic life. They’re mastered by a mendicant, content and diligent.” > Pali: Ye cassa dhammā akkhātā, sāmaññassānulomikā; Adhiggahitā tuṭṭhassa, appamattassa bhikkhuno”ti. [¶169] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶170] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶171] Iti 102 · The Ending of Defilements > Pali: Iti 102 · Āsavakkhayasutta [¶172] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶173] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶174] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶175] “Mendicants, I say that the ending of defilements is for one who knows and sees, not for one who does not know or see. For one who knows and sees what? The ending of defilements is for one who knows and sees suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. The ending of the defilements is for one who knows and sees this.” > Pali: “Jānatohaṁ, bhikkhave, passato āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi, no ajānato no apassato. Kiñca, bhikkhave, jānato, kiṁ passato āsavānaṁ khayo hoti? Idaṁ dukkhanti, bhikkhave, jānato passato āsavānaṁ khayo hoti. Ayaṁ dukkhasamudayoti, bhikkhave, jānato passato āsavānaṁ khayo hoti. Ayaṁ dukkhanirodhoti, bhikkhave, jānato passato āsavānaṁ khayo hoti. Ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti, bhikkhave, jānato passato āsavānaṁ khayo hoti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, jānato evaṁ passato āsavānaṁ khayo hotī”ti. [¶176] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶177] “As a trainee trains, following the straight road, first they know about ending; enlightenment follows in the same lifetime. > Pali: “Sekhassa sikkhamānassa, ujumaggānusārino; Khayasmiṁ paṭhamaṁ ñāṇaṁ, tato aññā anantarā. [¶178] Then to one freed through enlightenment the knowledge of ending arises, the supreme knowledge of freedom, with the ending of the fetters. > Pali: Tato aññāvimuttassa, vimuttiñāṇamuttamaṁ; Uppajjati khaye ñāṇaṁ, khīṇā saṁyojanā iti. [¶179] Not by the lazy, or by fools who don’t understand may this be realized—extinguishment, the release from all ties.” > Pali: Na tvevidaṁ kusītena, bālenamavijānatā; Nibbānaṁ adhigantabbaṁ, sabbaganthappamocanan”ti. [¶180] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶181] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶182] Iti 103 · Ascetics and Brahmins > Pali: Iti 103 · Samaṇabrāhmaṇasutta [¶183] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶184] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶185] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶186] “Mendicants, there are ascetics and brahmins who don’t truly understand about suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. I don’t deem them as true ascetics and brahmins. Those venerables don’t realize the goal of life as an ascetic or brahmin, and don’t live having realized it with their own insight in this very life. > Pali: “Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti; ‘ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti; ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti; ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti— na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā, na ca panete āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṁ vā brahmaññatthaṁ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. [¶187] There are ascetics and brahmins who truly understand about suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. I regard them as true ascetics and brahmins. Those venerables realize the goal of life as an ascetic or brahmin, and live having realized it with their own insight.” > Pali: Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti; ‘ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti; ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti; ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti— te kho me, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā, te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī”ti. [¶188] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶189] “There are those who don’t understand suffering and suffering’s cause, and where all suffering cease with no residue left behind. And they do not know the path that leads to the stilling of suffering. > Pali: “Ye dukkhaṁ nappajānanti, atho dukkhassa sambhavaṁ; Yattha ca sabbaso dukkhaṁ, asesaṁ uparujjhati; Tañca maggaṁ na jānanti, dukkhūpasamagāminaṁ. [¶190] They lack the heart’s release, as well as the release by wisdom. Unable to make an end, they continue to be reborn and grow old. > Pali: Cetovimuttihīnā te, Atho paññāvimuttiyā; Abhabbā te antakiriyāya, Te ve jātijarūpagā. [¶191] But there are those who understand suffering and suffering’s cause, and where all suffering cease with no residue left behind. And they understand the path that leads to the stilling of suffering. > Pali: Ye ca dukkhaṁ pajānanti, atho dukkhassa sambhavaṁ; Yattha ca sabbaso dukkhaṁ, asesaṁ uparujjhati; Tañca maggaṁ pajānanti, dukkhūpasamagāminaṁ. [¶192] They’re endowed with the heart’s release, as well as the release by wisdom. Able to make an end, they don’t continue to be reborn and grow old.” > Pali: Cetovimuttisampannā, atho paññāvimuttiyā; Bhabbā te antakiriyāya, na te jātijarūpagā”ti. [¶193] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶194] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶195] Iti 104 · Accomplished in Ethics > Pali: Iti 104 · Sīlasampannasutta [¶196] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶197] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶198] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶199] “Mendicants, take a mendicant who is accomplished in ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. They advise and instruct. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire, and can rightly explain the true teaching. Even the sight of those mendicants is very helpful, I say. Even to hear them, approach them, pay homage to them, recollect them, or go forth after them is very helpful, I say. Why is that? For one who frequents and associates with such mendicants, their incomplete spectrum of ethics is completed. Their incomplete spectrum of immersion … wisdom … freedom … knowledge and vision of freedom is completed. Such mendicants are called ‘teachers’, ‘caravan leaders’, ‘strife-discarders’, ‘dispellers of darkness’, ‘bringers of light’, ‘luminaries’, ‘lamps’, ‘candlebearers’, ‘beacons’, ‘noble ones’, and ‘clear-eyed ones’.” > Pali: “Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāsampannā vimuttisampannā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā ovādakā viññāpakā sandassakā samādapakā samuttejakā sampahaṁsakā alaṁsamakkhātāro saddhammassa dassanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi; savanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi; upasaṅkamanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi; payirupāsanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi; anussaraṇampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi; anupabbajjampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathārūpe, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sevato bhajato payirupāsato aparipūropi sīlakkhandho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati, aparipūropi samādhikkhandho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati, aparipūropi paññākkhandho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati, aparipūropi vimuttikkhandho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati, aparipūropi vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. Evarūpā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū satthārotipi vuccanti, satthavāhātipi vuccanti, raṇañjahātipi vuccanti, tamonudātipi vuccanti, ālokakarātipi vuccanti, obhāsakarātipi vuccanti, pajjotakarātipi vuccanti, ukkādhārātipi vuccanti, pabhaṅkarātipi vuccanti, ariyātipi vuccanti, cakkhumantotipi vuccantī”ti. [¶200] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶201] “This is a reason for joy for those who understand: that is, those who are evolved, the noble ones living righteously. > Pali: “Pāmojjakaraṇaṁ ṭhānaṁ, etaṁ hoti vijānataṁ; Yadidaṁ bhāvitattānaṁ, ariyānaṁ dhammajīvinaṁ. [¶202] They illuminate the true teaching, beacons beaming light, the attentive ones bringing light, clear-eyed ones with strife discarded. > Pali: Te jotayanti saddhammaṁ, bhāsayanti pabhaṅkarā; Ālokakaraṇā dhīrā, cakkhumanto raṇañjahā. [¶203] Having heard their instruction, the astute, understanding rightly, directly know the ending of rebirth, they come not back to future lives.” > Pali: Yesaṁ ve sāsanaṁ sutvā, sammadaññāya paṇḍitā; Jātikkhayamabhiññāya, nāgacchanti punabbhavan”ti. [¶204] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶205] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶206] Iti 105 · The Arising of Craving > Pali: Iti 105 · Taṇhuppādasutta [¶207] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶208] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶209] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶210] “Mendicants, there are four things that give rise to craving in a mendicant. What four? For the sake of robes, almsfood, lodgings, or rebirth in this or that state. These are the four things that give rise to craving in a mendicant.” > Pali: “Cattārome, bhikkhave, taṇhuppādā, yattha bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. Katame cattāro? Cīvarahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; piṇḍapātahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; senāsanahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; itibhavābhavahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro taṇhuppādā yattha bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjatī”ti. [¶211] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶212] “Craving is a person’s partner as they transmigrate on this long journey. They go from this state to another, but don’t escape transmigration. > Pali: “Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhāna saṁsaraṁ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṁ, saṁsaraṁ nātivattati. [¶213] Knowing this danger, that craving is the cause of suffering— rid of craving, free of grasping, a mendicant would wander mindful.” > Pali: Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, taṇhaṁ dukkhassa sambhavaṁ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. [¶214] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶215] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶216] Iti 106 · With Divinity > Pali: Iti 106 · Sabrahmakasutta [¶217] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶218] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶219] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶220] “Mendicants, a family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with Divinity. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the elder gods. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the first tutors. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with those worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods. > Pali: “Sabrahmakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṁ puttānaṁ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. Sapubbadevatāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṁ puttānaṁ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. Sapubbācariyakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṁ puttānaṁ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. Sāhuneyyakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṁ puttānaṁ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. [¶221] ‘Divinity’ is a term for your parents. ‘Elder gods’ is a term for your parents. ‘First tutors’ is a term for your parents. ‘Worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods’ is a term for your parents. Why is that? Parents are very helpful to their children, they raise them, nurture them, and show them the world.” > Pali: ‘Brahmā’ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Pubbadevatā’ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Pubbācariyā’ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Āhuneyyā’ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro puttānaṁ āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāro”ti. [¶222] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶223] “Parents are said to be ‘Divinity’ and ‘first tutors’. They’re worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods from their children, for they love their offspring. > Pali: “Brahmāti mātāpitaro, pubbācariyāti vuccare; Āhuneyyā ca puttānaṁ, pajāya anukampakā. [¶224] Therefore an astute person would revere them and honor them with food and drink, clothes and bedding, anointing and bathing, and by washing their feet. > Pali: Tasmā hi ne namasseyya, sakkareyya ca paṇḍito; Annena atha pānena, vatthena sayanena ca; Ucchādanena nhāpanena, pādānaṁ dhovanena ca. [¶225] Because they serve their parents like this, they’re praised in this life by the astute, and they depart to rejoice in heaven.” > Pali: Tāya naṁ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; Idheva naṁ pasaṁsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. [¶226] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶227] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶228] Iti 107 · Very Helpful > Pali: Iti 107 · Bahukārasutta [¶229] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶230] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶231] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶232] “Mendicants, brahmins and householders are very helpful to you, as they provide you with robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And you are very helpful to brahmins and householders, as you teach them the Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And you reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. That is how this spiritual path is lived supporting each other in order to cross over the flood and make a complete end of suffering.” > Pali: “Bahukārā, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇagahapatikā tumhākaṁ ye vo paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. Tumhepi, bhikkhave, bahukārā brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ yaṁ nesaṁ dhammaṁ desetha ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāsetha. Evamidaṁ, bhikkhave, aññamaññaṁ nissāya brahmacariyaṁ vussati oghassa nittharaṇatthāya sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. [¶233] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶234] “The home-dweller and the homeless, supporting each other, find success in the true teaching, the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. > Pali: “Sāgārā anagārā ca, ubho aññoññanissitā; Ārādhayanti saddhammaṁ, yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ. [¶235] The homeless receive requisites from the home-dwellers: robes and lodgings to shelter from harsh conditions. > Pali: Sāgāresu ca cīvaraṁ, paccayaṁ sayanāsanaṁ; Anagārā paṭicchanti, parissayavinodanaṁ. [¶236] Relying on the Holy One, layfolk and householders of discernment place faith in the perfected ones, meditators of noble wisdom. > Pali: Sugataṁ pana nissāya, gahaṭṭhā gharamesino; Saddahānā arahataṁ, ariyapaññāya jhāyino. [¶237] Having practiced the teaching here, the path that goes to a good place, they delight in the heavenly realm, enjoying all the pleasures they desire.” > Pali: Idha dhammaṁ caritvāna, maggaṁ sugatigāminaṁ; Nandino devalokasmiṁ, modanti kāmakāmino”ti. [¶238] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶239] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶240] Iti 108 · Deceivers > Pali: Iti 108 · Kuhasutta [¶241] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶242] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶243] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶244] “Mendicants, those mendicants who are deceivers and flatterers, pompous and fake, insolent and scattered: those mendicants are no followers of mine. They’ve left this teaching and training, and they don’t achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training. But those mendicants who are genuine, not flatterers, attentive, amenable, and serene: those mendicants are followers of mine. They haven’t left this teaching and training, and they achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training.” > Pali: “Ye keci, bhikkhave, bhikkhū kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī unnaḷā asamāhitā, na me te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā. Apagatā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā; na ca te imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjanti. Ye ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhū nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā atthaddhā susamāhitā, te kho me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā. Anapagatā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā; te ca imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjantī”ti. [¶245] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶246] “Those who are deceivers and flatterers, pompous and fake, insolent and scattered: these don’t grow in the teaching that was taught by the perfected Buddha. > Pali: “Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, unnaḷā asamāhitā; Na te dhamme virūhanti, sammāsambuddhadesite. [¶247] But those who are genuine, not flatterers, attentive, amenable, and serene: these do grow in the teaching that was taught by the perfected Buddha.” > Pali: Nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā, atthaddhā susamāhitā; Te ve dhamme virūhanti, sammāsambuddhadesite”ti. [¶248] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶249] > Pali: Navamaṁ. ## 5. Iti 109–112 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/5/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-itivuttaka/5/#p-N [¶0] Iti 109 · A River > Pali: Iti 109 · Nadīsotasutta [¶1] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶2] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶3] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶4] “Suppose a person was being carried along by a river current that seemed nice and pleasant. If a person with clear eyes saw them, they’d say: ‘My man, even though the river current carrying you along seems nice and pleasant, downstream there is a lake with waves and whirlpools, saltwater crocodiles and monsters. When you reach there it will result in death or deadly pain.’ Then, when they heard what was said, they’d paddle against the stream using their hands and feet. > Pali: “Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso nadiyā sotena ovuyheyya piyarūpasātarūpena. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso tīre ṭhito disvā evaṁ vadeyya: ‘kiñcāpi kho tvaṁ, ambho purisa, nadiyā sotena ovuyhasi piyarūpasātarūpena, atthi cettha heṭṭhā rahado saūmi sāvaṭṭo sagaho sarakkhaso yaṁ tvaṁ, ambho purisa, rahadaṁ pāpuṇitvā maraṇaṁ vā nigacchasi maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhan’ti. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, puriso tassa purisassa saddaṁ sutvā hatthehi ca pādehi ca paṭisotaṁ vāyameyya. [¶5] I’ve made up this simile to make a point. And this is the point. ‘River current’ is a term for craving. > Pali: Upamā kho me ayaṁ, bhikkhave, katā atthassa viññāpanāya. Ayañcettha attho: ‘nadiyā soto’ti kho, bhikkhave, taṇhāyetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶6] ‘Seeming nice and pleasant’ is a term for the six interior sense fields. > Pali: ‘Piyarūpaṁ sātarūpan’ti kho, bhikkhave, channetaṁ ajjhattikānaṁ āyatanānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶7] ‘A downstream lake’ is a term for the five lower fetters. > Pali: ‘Heṭṭhā rahado’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶8] ‘Danger of waves’ is a term for anger and distress. > Pali: ‘Ūmibhayan’ti kho, bhikkhave, kodhupāyāsassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶9] ‘Whirlpool’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation. > Pali: ‘Āvaṭṭan’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶10] ‘Saltwater crocodiles and monsters’ is a term for ladies. > Pali: ‘Gaharakkhaso’ti kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶11] ‘Against the stream’ is a term for renunciation. > Pali: ‘Paṭisoto’ti kho, bhikkhave, nekkhammassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶12] ‘Paddling with hands and feet’ is a term for rousing energy. > Pali: ‘Hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyāmo’ti kho, bhikkhave, vīriyārambhassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶13] ‘A person with clear eyes’ is a term for the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.” > Pali: ‘Cakkhumā puriso tīre ṭhito’ti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti. [¶14] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶15] “In pain they’d give up sensual pleasures, aspiring to the future sanctuary from the yoke. With deep understanding and heart well freed, they’d experience universal liberation. That knowledge master who has completed the spiritual journey, and gone to the end of the world, is called ‘one who has gone beyond’.” > Pali: “Sahāpi dukkhena jaheyya kāme, Yogakkhemaṁ āyatiṁ patthayāno; Sammappajāno suvimuttacitto, Vimuttiyā phassaye tattha tattha; Sa vedagū vūsitabrahmacariyo, Lokantagū pāragatoti vuccatī”ti. [¶16] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶17] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶18] Iti 110 · Walking > Pali: Iti 110 · Carasutta [¶19] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶20] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶21] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶22] “Mendicants, suppose a mendicant has a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought while walking. They tolerate it and don’t give it up, dispel it, eliminate it, and obliterate it. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘not keen or prudent, always lazy, and lacking energy’ when walking. > Pali: “Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu adhivāseti nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṁ gameti. Carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto anātāpī anottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ kusīto hīnavīriyoti vuccati. [¶23] Suppose a mendicant has a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought while standing … sitting … or when lying down while awake. They tolerate it and don’t give it up, dispel it, eliminate it, and obliterate it. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘not keen or prudent, always lazy, and lacking energy’ when lying down while awake. > Pali: Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu adhivāseti nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṁ gameti. Ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto anātāpī anottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ kusīto hīnavīriyoti vuccati. Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu adhivāseti nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṁ gameti. Nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto anātāpī anottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ kusīto hīnavīriyoti vuccati. Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu adhivāseti nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṁ gameti. Sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṁbhūto anātāpī anottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ kusīto hīnavīriyoti vuccati. [¶24] Suppose a mendicant has a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought while walking. They don’t tolerate them, but give them up, dispel them, eliminate them, and obliterate them. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and resolute’ when walking. > Pali: Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti. Carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccati. [¶25] Suppose a mendicant has a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought while standing … sitting … or when lying down while awake. They don’t tolerate it, but give it up, dispel it, eliminate it, and obliterate it. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and resolute’ when lying down while awake.” > Pali: Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti. Ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccati. Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti. Nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccati. Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṁsāvitakko vā. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti. Sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccatī”ti. [¶26] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶27] “Whether walking or standing, sitting or lying down, one who thinks a bad thought to do with the domestic life > Pali: “Caraṁ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṁ, nisinno uda vā sayaṁ; Yo vitakkaṁ vitakketi, pāpakaṁ gehanissitaṁ. [¶28] is practicing the wrong way, lost among things that delude; such a mendicant is incapable of experiencing the highest awakening. > Pali: Kummaggaṁ paṭipanno so, mohaneyyesu mucchito; Abhabbo tādiso bhikkhu, phuṭṭhuṁ sambodhimuttamaṁ. [¶29] But one who, whether standing or walking, sitting or lying down, has calmed their thoughts, loving peace of mind; such a mendicant is capable of experiencing the highest awakening.” > Pali: Yo ca caraṁ vā tiṭṭhaṁ vā, Nisinno uda vā sayaṁ; Vitakkaṁ samayitvāna, Vitakkūpasame rato; Bhabbo so tādiso bhikkhu, Phuṭṭhuṁ sambodhimuttaman”ti. [¶30] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶31] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ. [¶32] Iti 111 · Accomplishment in Ethics > Pali: Iti 111 · Sampannasīlasutta [¶33] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶34] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶35] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶36] “Mendicants, live by the ethical precepts and the monastic code. Live restrained in the monastic code, conducting yourselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, keep the rules you’ve undertaken. > Pali: “Sampannasīlā, bhikkhave, viharatha sampannapātimokkhā; pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvutā viharatha ācāragocarasampannā aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvino; samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesu. [¶37] When you’ve done this, what more is there to do? > Pali: Sampannasīlānaṁ vo, bhikkhave, viharataṁ sampannapātimokkhānaṁ pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvutānaṁ viharataṁ ācāragocarasampannānaṁ aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvīnaṁ samādāya sikkhataṁ sikkhāpadesu, kimassa uttari karaṇīyaṁ? [¶38] Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while walking, and has given up dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed and unified in samādhi. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and resolute’ when walking. > Pali: Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhā, byāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ vigataṁ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ vigataṁ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. Carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccati. [¶39] Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while standing … > Pali: Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhā byāpādo vigato hoti …pe… thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. Ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccati. [¶40] sitting … > Pali: Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhā byāpādo vigato hoti …pe… thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. Nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccati. [¶41] or when lying down while awake. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and resolute’ when lying down while awake.” > Pali: Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhā byāpādo vigato hoti …pe… thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. Sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṁbhūto ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitattoti vuccatī”ti. [¶42] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶43] “Carefully walking, carefully standing, carefully sitting, carefully lying; a mendicant carefully bends their limbs, and carefully extends them. > Pali: “Yataṁ care yataṁ tiṭṭhe, yataṁ acche yataṁ saye; Yataṁ samiñjaye bhikkhu, yatamenaṁ pasāraye. [¶44] Above, below, all round, as far as the planet extends; they scrutinize the rise and fall of phenomena such as the aggregates. > Pali: Uddhaṁ tiriyaṁ apācīnaṁ, yāvatājagatogati; Samavekkhitā ca dhammānaṁ, khandhānaṁ udayabbayaṁ. [¶45] Meditating diligently like this, peaceful, not restless, training in what leads to serenity of heart, always staying mindful; they call that sort of mendicant ‘always determined’.” > Pali: Evaṁ vihārimātāpiṁ, santavuttimanuddhataṁ; Cetosamathasāmīciṁ, sikkhamānaṁ sadā sataṁ; Satataṁ pahitattoti, āhu bhikkhuṁ tathāvidhan”ti. [¶46] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶47] > Pali: Dvādasamaṁ. [¶48] Iti 112 · The World > Pali: Iti 112 · Lokasutta [¶49] The Book of the Fours > Pali: Catukkanipāta [¶50] The Chapter on the Brahmin’s Offering of the Teaching > Pali: Brāhmaṇadhammayāgavagga [¶51] This was said by the Buddha, the Perfected One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Vuttañhetaṁ bhagavatā vuttamarahatāti me sutaṁ: [¶52] “Mendicants, the world has been understood by the Realized One; and he is detached from the world. The origin of the world has been understood by the Realized One; and he has given up the origin of the world. The cessation of the world has been understood by the Realized One; and he has realized the cessation of the world. The practice that leads to the cessation of the world has been understood by the Realized One; and he has developed the practice that leads to the cessation of the world. > Pali: “Loko, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasmā tathāgato visaṁyutto. Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasamudayo tathāgatassa pahīno. Lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokanirodho tathāgatassa sacchikato. Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā tathāgatassa bhāvitā. [¶53] In this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, and explored by the mind, all that has been understood by the Realized One. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’. > Pali: Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā yasmā taṁ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṁ, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. [¶54] From the night when the Realized One awakens to the supreme perfect awakening until the night he becomes fully extinguished—in the element of extinguishment with no residue—everything he speaks, says, and expresses is real, not otherwise. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’. > Pali: Yañca, bhikkhave, rattiṁ tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṁ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṁ etasmiṁ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṁ taṁ tatheva hoti no aññathā, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. [¶55] The Realized One does as he says, and says as he does. Since this is so, that’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’. > Pali: Yathāvādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī, iti yathāvādī tathākārī yathākārī tathāvādī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. [¶56] In this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—the Realized One is the vanquisher, the unvanquished, the universal seer, the wielder of power. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’.” > Pali: Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī, tasmā tathāgatoti vuccatī”ti. [¶57] The Buddha spoke this matter. On this it is said: > Pali: Etamatthaṁ bhagavā avoca. Tatthetaṁ iti vuccati: [¶58] “Directly knowing the whole world as it is, and everything in it, he is detached from the whole world, uninvolved with the whole world. > Pali: “Sabbalokaṁ abhiññāya, sabbaloke yathātathaṁ; Sabbalokavisaṁyutto, sabbaloke anūpayo. [¶59] That attentive one is the vanquisher of all who is released from all ties. He has reached ultimate peace: extinguishment, fearing nothing from any quarter. > Pali: Sa ve sabbābhibhū dhīro, sabbaganthappamocano; Phuṭṭhāssa paramā santi, nibbānaṁ akutobhayaṁ. [¶60] He is the Buddha, with defilements ended, untroubled, with doubts cut off. He has attained the end of all deeds, freed with the ending of attachments. > Pali: Esa khīṇāsavo buddho, anīgho chinnasaṁsayo; Sabbakammakkhayaṁ patto, vimutto upadhisaṅkhaye. [¶61] That Blessed One is the Buddha, he is the supreme lion, in all the world with its gods, he turns the divine wheel. > Pali: Esa so bhagavā buddho, esa sīho anuttaro; Sadevakassa lokassa, brahmacakkaṁ pavattayi. [¶62] And so those gods and humans, who have gone to the Buddha for refuge, come together and revere him, even the deities revere him: > Pali: Iti devā manussā ca, ye buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā; Saṅgamma taṁ namassanti, mahantaṁ vītasāradaṁ. [¶63] ‘Tamed, he is the best of tamers, peaceful, he is the seer among the peaceful, liberated, he is the foremost of liberators, crossed over, he is the most excellent of guides across.’ > Pali: Danto damayataṁ seṭṭho, santo samayataṁ isi; Mutto mocayataṁ aggo, tiṇṇo tārayataṁ varo. [¶64] And so they revere him, great of heart and intrepid. In the world with its gods, he has no rival.” > Pali: Iti hetaṁ namassanti, mahantaṁ vītasāradaṁ; Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ, natthi te paṭipuggalo”ti. [¶65] This too is a matter that was spoken by the Blessed One: that is what I heard. > Pali: Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā, iti me sutanti. [¶66] > Pali: Terasamaṁ. [¶67] > Pali: Catukkanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶68] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶69] > Pali: Brāhmaṇasulabhā jānaṁ, Samaṇasīlā taṇhā brahmā; Bahukārā kuhapurisā, Cara sampannalokena terasāti. [¶70] > Pali: Suttasaṅgaho [¶71] > Pali: Sattavisekanipātaṁ, Dukkaṁ bāvīsasuttasaṅgahitaṁ; Samapaññāsamathatikaṁ, Terasa catukkañca iti yamidaṁ. [¶72] > Pali: Dvidasuttarasuttasate, Saṅgāyitvā samādahiṁsu purā; Arahanto ciraṭṭhitiyā, Tamāhu nāmena itivuttanti. [¶73] The So it Was Said is finished. > Pali: Itivuttakapāḷi niṭṭhitā.